Merge "Improve handling of invalid titles in RefreshLinksJob"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.33.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Allow users to upload files.
381 *
382 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
383 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
384 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
385 *
386 * @since 1.5
387 */
388 $wgEnableUploads = false;
389
390 /**
391 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
392 */
393 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
394
395 /**
396 * Allows to move images and other media files
397 */
398 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
399
400 /**
401 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
402 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
403 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
404 *
405 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
406 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
407 */
408 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
409
410 /**
411 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
412 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
413 *
414 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
415 * completeness.
416 */
417 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
418
419 /**
420 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
421 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
422 */
423 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
427 */
428 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
429
430 /**
431 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
432 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
433 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
434 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
435 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
436 *
437 * Example:
438 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
439 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
440 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
441 *
442 * @see $wgFileBackends
443 */
444 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
445
446 /**
447 * File repository structures
448 *
449 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
450 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
451 * array of properties configuring the repository.
452 *
453 * Properties required for all repos:
454 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
455 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
456 *
457 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
458 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
459 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
460 *
461 * For most core repos:
462 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
463 * container : backend container name the zone is in
464 * directory : root path within container for the zone
465 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
466 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
467 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
468 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
469 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
470 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
471 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
472 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
473 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
474 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
475 * handler instead.
476 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
477 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
478 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
479 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
480 * - pathDisclosureProtection
481 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
482 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
483 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
484 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
485 * is 0644.
486 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
487 * some remote repos.
488 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
489 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
490 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
491 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
492 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
493 *
494 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
495 * for local repositories:
496 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
497 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
498 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
501 * on the local wiki.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
510 * and accesible from, this wiki.
511 *
512 * ForeignAPIRepo:
513 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
514 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
515 *
516 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
517 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
518 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
519 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
520 * be searched after the local file repo.
521 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
522 *
523 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
524 */
525 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
526
527 /**
528 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
529 *
530 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
531 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
532 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
533 *
534 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
535 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
536 *
537 * @since 1.11
538 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
539 */
540 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
541
542 /**
543 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
544 *
545 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
546 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
547 * default settings.
548 *
549 * @since 1.16
550 */
551 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
552
553 /**
554 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
555 *
556 * Uses the folowing variables:
557 *
558 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
559 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
560 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
561 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
562 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
563 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
564 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
565 *
566 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
567 * class, with also the following variables:
568 *
569 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
570 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
571 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
572 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
573 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
574 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
575 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
576 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
577 *
578 * @var bool
579 * @since 1.3
580 */
581 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
582
583 /**
584 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
585 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
586 *
587 * @var string
588 * @since 1.3
589 */
590 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
591
592 /**
593 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
594 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
595 *
596 * @var string
597 * @since 1.3
598 */
599 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
600
601 /**
602 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
603 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
604 *
605 * @var bool
606 * @since 1.3
607 */
608 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
609
610 /**
611 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
612 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
613 *
614 * @since 1.5
615 */
616 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @var bool
623 * @since 1.5
624 */
625 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
626
627 /**
628 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
629 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
630 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
631 *
632 * @var bool|string
633 * @since 1.4
634 */
635 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
636
637 /**
638 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
639 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
640 *
641 * @var string
642 * @since 1.5
643 */
644 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
645
646 /**
647 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
648 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
649 *
650 * @var bool
651 * @since 1.5
652 */
653 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
654
655 /**
656 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
657 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
658 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
659 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
660 *
661 * Example:
662 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
663 */
664 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
665
666 /**
667 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
668 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
669 *
670 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
671 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
672 *
673 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
674 */
675 $wgUploadDialog = [
676 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
677 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
678 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
679 'fields' => [
680 'description' => true,
681 'date' => false,
682 'categories' => false,
683 ],
684 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
685 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
686 'licensemessages' => [
687 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
688 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
689 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
691 'local' => 'generic-local',
692 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
693 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
694 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
696 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
697 ],
698 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
699 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
700 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
701 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
702 'comment' => [
703 'local' => '',
704 'foreign' => '',
705 ],
706 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
707 'format' => [
708 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
709 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
710 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
711 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
712 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
713 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
714 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
715 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
716 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
717 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
718 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
719 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
720 // * $TEXT - input by the user
721 'description' => '$TEXT',
722 'ownwork' => '',
723 'license' => '',
724 'uncategorized' => '',
725 ],
726 ];
727
728 /**
729 * File backend structure configuration.
730 *
731 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
732 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
733 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
734 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
735 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
736 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
737 *
738 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
739 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
740 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
741 *
742 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
743 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
744 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
745 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
746 *
747 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
748 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
749 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
750 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
751 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
752 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
753 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
754 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
755 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
756 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
757 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
758 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
759 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
760 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
761 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
762 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
763 */
764 $wgFileBackends = [];
765
766 /**
767 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
768 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
769 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
770 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
771 *
772 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
773 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
774 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
775 *
776 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
777 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
778 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
779 */
780 $wgLockManagers = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
784 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
785 *
786 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
787 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
788 * extensions" section of php.ini:
789 * @code{.ini}
790 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
791 * @endcode
792 */
793 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
794
795 /**
796 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
797 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
798 * Defaults to false.
799 */
800 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
804 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
805 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
806 */
807 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
808
809 /**
810 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
811 *
812 * @since 1.20
813 */
814 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
815
816 /**
817 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
818 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
819 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
820 */
821 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
822
823 /**
824 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
825 * @since 1.20
826 */
827 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Different timeout for upload by url
831 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
832 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
833 * to default.
834 *
835 * @var int|bool
836 *
837 * @since 1.22
838 */
839 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
840
841 /**
842 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
843 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
844 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
845 * for non-specified types.
846 *
847 * @par Example:
848 * @code
849 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
850 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
851 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
852 * ];
853 * @endcode
854 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
855 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
856 */
857 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
858
859 /**
860 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
861 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
862 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
863 * @since 1.26
864 */
865 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
866
867 /**
868 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
869 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
870 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
871 *
872 * @par Example:
873 * @code
874 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
875 * @endcode
876 */
877 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
878
879 /**
880 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
881 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
882 * appended to it as appropriate.
883 */
884 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
885
886 /**
887 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
888 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
889 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
890 * access to the thumbnail path.
891 *
892 * @par Example:
893 * @code
894 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
895 * @endcode
896 */
897 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
898
899 /**
900 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
901 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
902 *
903 * @var string
904 * @since 1.3
905 */
906 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
907
908 /**
909 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
910 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
911 *
912 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
913 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
914 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
915 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
916 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
917 *
918 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
919 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
920 */
921 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
922
923 /**
924 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
925 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
926 *
927 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
928 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
929 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
930 */
931 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
932
933 /**
934 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
935 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
936 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
937 */
938 $wgFileBlacklist = [
939 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
940 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
941 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
942 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
943 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
944 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
945 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
946 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
947
948 /**
949 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
950 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
951 */
952 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
953 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
954 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
955 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
956 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
957 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
958 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
959 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
960 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
961 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
962 'application/x-msmetafile',
963 ];
964
965 /**
966 * Allow Java archive uploads.
967 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
968 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
969 */
970 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
971
972 /**
973 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
974 *
975 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
976 */
977 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
978
979 /**
980 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
981 * by $wgFileExtensions.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
989 *
990 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
991 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
992 */
993 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
994
995 /**
996 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
997 */
998 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1002 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1003 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1004 *
1005 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1006 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1007 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1008 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1009 */
1010 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1011 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1012 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1014 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1015 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1016 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1017 ];
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1021 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1022 *
1023 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1024 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1025 */
1026 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1027
1028 /**
1029 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1030 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1031 */
1032 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1033 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1034 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1042 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1043 ];
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1047 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1048 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1049 *
1050 * @since 1.21
1051 */
1052 $wgContentHandlers = [
1053 // the usual case
1054 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1055 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1056 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1057 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1058 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1059 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1060 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1061 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1063 ];
1064
1065 /**
1066 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1067 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1068 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1069 */
1070 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1074 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1075 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1076 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1077 *
1078 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1079 */
1080 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1081
1082 /**
1083 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1084 */
1085 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1089 * @since 1.27
1090 */
1091 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1095 */
1096 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1100 */
1101 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1105 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1106 */
1107 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1111 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1112 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1113 *
1114 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1115 * @code
1116 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1117 * @endcode
1118 *
1119 * Leave as false to skip this.
1120 */
1121 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1125 *
1126 * @since 1.21
1127 */
1128 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1129
1130 /**
1131 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1132 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1133 * at sharp edges.
1134 *
1135 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1136 *
1137 * Supported values:
1138 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1139 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1140 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1141 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1142 *
1143 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1144 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1145 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1146 *
1147 * @since 1.27
1148 */
1149 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1150
1151 /**
1152 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1153 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1154 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1155 *
1156 * @since 1.32
1157 */
1158 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1162 * image formats.
1163 */
1164 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1165
1166 /**
1167 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1168 *
1169 * @since 1.26
1170 */
1171 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1172
1173 /**
1174 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1175 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1176 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1177 *
1178 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1179 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1180 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1181 */
1182 $wgSVGConverters = [
1183 'ImageMagick' =>
1184 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1185 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1186 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1188 . '$output $input',
1189 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1190 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1191 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1192 ];
1193
1194 /**
1195 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1196 */
1197 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1201 */
1202 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1206 */
1207 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1211 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1214
1215 /**
1216 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1217 *
1218 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1219 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1220 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1221 *
1222 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1223 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1224 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1225 */
1226 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1227
1228 /**
1229 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1230 * page language), if available.
1231 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1232 * to specify text language.
1233 *
1234 * @since 1.33
1235 */
1236 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = false;
1237
1238 /**
1239 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1240 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1241 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1242 *
1243 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1244 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1245 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1246 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1247 *
1248 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1249 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1250 */
1251 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1255 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1256 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1257 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1258 */
1259 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1260
1261 /**
1262 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1263 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1264 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1265 *
1266 * @par Example:
1267 * @code
1268 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1269 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1270 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1271 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1272 * @endcode
1273 */
1274 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1275
1276 /**
1277 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1278 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1279 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1280 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1281 */
1282 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1286 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1287 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1288 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1289 */
1290 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1291
1292 /**
1293 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1294 * output instead of showing an error message.
1295 *
1296 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1297 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1298 *
1299 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1300 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1301 * are logged to a file for review.
1302 */
1303 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1304
1305 /**
1306 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1307 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1308 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1309 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1310 * webserver(s).
1311 */
1312 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1316 */
1317 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1321 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1322 * is available that can rotate.
1323 */
1324 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1328 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1329 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1330 */
1331 $wgAntivirus = null;
1332
1333 /**
1334 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1335 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1336 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1337 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1338 *
1339 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1340 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1341 *
1342 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1343 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1344 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1345 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1346 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1347 * path.
1348 *
1349 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1350 * function in SpecialUpload.
1351 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1352 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1353 * is not set.
1354 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1355 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1356 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1357 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1358 * no virus was found.
1359 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1360 * a virus.
1361 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1362 *
1363 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1364 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1365 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1366 */
1367 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1368
1369 # setup for clamav
1370 'clamav' => [
1371 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1372 'codemap' => [
1373 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1374 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1375 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1376 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1377 ],
1378 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1379 ],
1380 ];
1381
1382 /**
1383 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1384 */
1385 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1386
1387 /**
1388 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1389 */
1390 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1391
1392 /**
1393 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1394 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1395 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1396 */
1397 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1398
1399 /**
1400 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1401 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1402 */
1403 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1404
1405 /**
1406 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1407 * the MIME type to standard output.
1408 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1409 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1410 *
1411 * @par Example:
1412 * @code
1413 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1414 * @endcode
1415 */
1416 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1420 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1421 * can be trusted.
1422 */
1423 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1427 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1428 */
1429 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1430 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1431 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1432 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1433 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1434 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1435 ];
1436
1437 /**
1438 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1439 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1440 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1441 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1442 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1443 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1444 */
1445 $wgImageLimits = [
1446 [ 320, 240 ],
1447 [ 640, 480 ],
1448 [ 800, 600 ],
1449 [ 1024, 768 ],
1450 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1451 ];
1452
1453 /**
1454 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1455 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1456 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1457 */
1458 $wgThumbLimits = [
1459 120,
1460 150,
1461 180,
1462 200,
1463 250,
1464 300
1465 ];
1466
1467 /**
1468 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1469 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1470 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1471 *
1472 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1473 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1474 * supports it.
1475 */
1476 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1477
1478 /**
1479 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1480 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1481 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1482 * following buckets:
1483 *
1484 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1485 *
1486 * and a distance of 50:
1487 *
1488 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1489 *
1490 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1491 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1492 */
1493 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1497 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1498 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1499 *
1500 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1501 *
1502 * @since 1.25
1503 */
1504
1505 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1506
1507 /**
1508 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1509 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1510 *
1511 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1512 * thumbnail's URL.
1513 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1514 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1515 *
1516 * @since 1.25
1517 */
1518 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1519
1520 /**
1521 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1522 *
1523 * @since 1.25
1524 */
1525 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1529 * HTTP request to.
1530 *
1531 * @since 1.25
1532 */
1533 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1534
1535 /**
1536 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1537 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1538 *
1539 * @since 1.26
1540 */
1541 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1542
1543 /**
1544 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1545 * Fields are:
1546 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1547 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1548 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1549 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1550 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1551 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1552 * @deprecated since 1.28
1553 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1554 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1555 * - mode: Gallery mode
1556 */
1557 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1558
1559 /**
1560 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1561 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1562 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1563 */
1564 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1565
1566 /**
1567 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1568 */
1569 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1573 *
1574 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1575 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1576 */
1577 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * @name DJVU settings
1581 * @{
1582 */
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Path of the djvudump executable
1586 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1587 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1588 */
1589 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1593 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1594 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1595 */
1596 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1600 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1601 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1602 */
1603 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1604
1605 /**
1606 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1607 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1608 *
1609 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1610 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1611 * the efficiency problem.
1612 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1613 *
1614 * @par Example:
1615 * @code
1616 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1617 * @endcode
1618 */
1619 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1620
1621 /**
1622 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1623 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1624 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1625 */
1626 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1627
1628 /**
1629 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1630 */
1631 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1632
1633 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1634
1635 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1636
1637 /************************************************************************//**
1638 * @name Email settings
1639 * @{
1640 */
1641
1642 /**
1643 * Site admin email address.
1644 *
1645 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1646 */
1647 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1651 *
1652 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1653 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1654 *
1655 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1656 */
1657 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1658
1659 /**
1660 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1661 *
1662 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1663 */
1664 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1665
1666 /**
1667 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1668 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1669 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1670 */
1671 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1675 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1681 *
1682 * @since 1.30
1683 */
1684 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1688 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1689 *
1690 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1691 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1692 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1693 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1694 */
1695 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1699 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1700 */
1701 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1705 */
1706 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1710 */
1711 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1715 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1716 */
1717 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1721 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1722 */
1723 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1724
1725 /**
1726 * SMTP Mode.
1727 *
1728 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1729 * Default to false or fill an array :
1730 *
1731 * @code
1732 * $wgSMTP = [
1733 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1734 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1735 * 'port' => '25',
1736 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1737 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1738 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1739 * ];
1740 * @endcode
1741 */
1742 $wgSMTP = false;
1743
1744 /**
1745 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1746 */
1747 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1751 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1752 */
1753 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1754
1755 /**
1756 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1757 *
1758 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1759 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1760 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1761 *
1762 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1763 *
1764 * @var bool
1765 */
1766 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1767
1768 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1769 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1770 # enable or disable at their discretion
1771 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1772 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1773
1774 /**
1775 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1776 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1777 * spam relay.
1778 */
1779 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1783 */
1784 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1788 * user talk page.
1789 *
1790 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1791 * preference set to true.
1792 */
1793 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1797 *
1798 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1799 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1800 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1801 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1802 *
1803 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1804 *
1805 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1806 *
1807 * @var bool
1808 */
1809 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1813 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1814 *
1815 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1816 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1817 *
1818 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1819 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1820 *
1821 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1822 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1823 */
1824 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1828 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1829 *
1830 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1831 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1832 */
1833 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1834
1835 /**
1836 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1837 * match the limit on your mail server.
1838 */
1839 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1840
1841 /**
1842 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1843 */
1844 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1845
1846 /**
1847 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1848 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1849 */
1850 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1851
1852 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1853
1854 /************************************************************************//**
1855 * @name Database settings
1856 * @{
1857 */
1858
1859 /**
1860 * Database host name or IP address
1861 */
1862 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1866 */
1867 $wgDBport = 5432;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Name of the database
1871 */
1872 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Database username
1876 */
1877 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * Database user's password
1881 */
1882 $wgDBpassword = '';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * Database type
1886 */
1887 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1888
1889 /**
1890 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1891 *
1892 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1893 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1894 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1895 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1896 */
1897 $wgDBssl = false;
1898
1899 /**
1900 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1901 *
1902 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1903 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1904 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1905 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1906 */
1907 $wgDBcompress = false;
1908
1909 /**
1910 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1911 */
1912 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1913
1914 /**
1915 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1916 */
1917 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1918
1919 /**
1920 * Search type.
1921 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1922 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1923 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1924 */
1925 $wgSearchType = null;
1926
1927 /**
1928 * Alternative search types
1929 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1930 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1931 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1932 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1933 */
1934 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1935
1936 /**
1937 * Table name prefix
1938 */
1939 $wgDBprefix = '';
1940
1941 /**
1942 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1943 */
1944 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1945
1946 /**
1947 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1948 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1949 * DBA has done his best job.
1950 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1951 */
1952 $wgSQLMode = '';
1953
1954 /**
1955 * Mediawiki schema
1956 */
1957 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1961 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1962 * @since 1.32
1963 */
1964 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1968 */
1969 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1973 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1974 * main database.
1975 *
1976 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1977 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1978 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1979 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1980 *
1981 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1982 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1983 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1984 *
1985 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1986 * $wgDBprefix.
1987 *
1988 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1989 * $wgDBmwschema.
1990 *
1991 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1992 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1993 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1994 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1995 */
1996 $wgSharedDB = null;
1997
1998 /**
1999 * @see $wgSharedDB
2000 */
2001 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2002
2003 /**
2004 * @see $wgSharedDB
2005 */
2006 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2007
2008 /**
2009 * @see $wgSharedDB
2010 * @since 1.23
2011 */
2012 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2013
2014 /**
2015 * Database load balancer
2016 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2017 * Fields are:
2018 * - host: Host name
2019 * - dbname: Default database name
2020 * - user: DB user
2021 * - password: DB password
2022 * - type: DB type
2023 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2024 *
2025 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2026 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2027 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2028 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2029 *
2030 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2031 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2032 *
2033 * - flags: bit field
2034 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2035 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2036 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2037 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2038 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2039 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2040 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2041 * if available
2042 *
2043 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2044 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2045 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2046 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2047 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2048 *
2049 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2050 * variable of the Database object.
2051 *
2052 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2053 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2054 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2055 *
2056 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2057 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2058 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2059 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2060 *
2061 * @code
2062 * SET @@read_only=1;
2063 * @endcode
2064 *
2065 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2066 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2067 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2068 */
2069 $wgDBservers = false;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * Load balancer factory configuration
2073 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2074 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2075 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2076 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2077 *
2078 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2079 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2080 */
2081 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2082
2083 /**
2084 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2085 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2086 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2087 * @since 1.27
2088 */
2089 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2090
2091 /**
2092 * File to log database errors to
2093 */
2094 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2098 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2099 *
2100 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2101 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2102 *
2103 * @par Examples:
2104 * @code
2105 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2106 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2107 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2108 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2109 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2110 * @endcode
2111 *
2112 * @since 1.20
2113 */
2114 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2115
2116 /**
2117 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2118 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2119 *
2120 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2121 *
2122 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2123 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2124 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2125 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2126 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2127 *
2128 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2129 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2130 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2131 *
2132 * @deprecated since 1.31
2133 */
2134 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2135
2136 /**
2137 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2138 *
2139 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2140 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2141 * block).
2142 *
2143 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2144 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2145 * connections.
2146 *
2147 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2148 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2149 * pooled.
2150 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2151 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2152 *
2153 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2154 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2155 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2156 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2157 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2158 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2159 *
2160 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2161 */
2162 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2163
2164 /**
2165 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2166 *
2167 * Array numeric key => database name
2168 */
2169 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2170
2171 /**
2172 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2173 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2174 * show a more obvious warning.
2175 */
2176 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2177
2178 /**
2179 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2180 */
2181 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2182
2183 /**
2184 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2185 */
2186 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2187
2188 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2189
2190 /************************************************************************//**
2191 * @name Text storage
2192 * @{
2193 */
2194
2195 /**
2196 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2197 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2198 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2199 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2200 */
2201 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * External stores allow including content
2205 * from non database sources following URL links.
2206 *
2207 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2208 * @code
2209 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2210 * @endcode
2211 *
2212 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2213 */
2214 $wgExternalStores = [];
2215
2216 /**
2217 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2218 *
2219 * @par Example:
2220 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2221 * @code
2222 * $wgExternalServers = [
2223 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2224 * ];
2225 * @endcode
2226 *
2227 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2228 * another class.
2229 */
2230 $wgExternalServers = [];
2231
2232 /**
2233 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2234 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2235 *
2236 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2237 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2238 *
2239 * @par Example:
2240 * @code
2241 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2242 * @endcode
2243 *
2244 * @var array
2245 */
2246 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2247
2248 /**
2249 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2250 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2251 *
2252 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2253 */
2254 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2255
2256 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2257
2258 /************************************************************************//**
2259 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2260 * @{
2261 */
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Disable database-intensive features
2265 */
2266 $wgMiserMode = false;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2270 */
2271 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2275 */
2276 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2280 */
2281 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Enable slow parser functions
2285 */
2286 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * Allow schema updates
2290 */
2291 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2292
2293 /**
2294 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2295 */
2296 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2297
2298 /**
2299 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2300 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2301 */
2302 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2303
2304 /**
2305 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2306 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2307 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2308 * @since 1.26
2309 */
2310 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2311
2312 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2313
2314 /************************************************************************//**
2315 * @name Cache settings
2316 * @{
2317 */
2318
2319 /**
2320 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2321 * from the web.
2322 *
2323 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2324 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2325 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2326 */
2327 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2328
2329 /**
2330 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2331 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2332 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2333 *
2334 * The options are:
2335 *
2336 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2337 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2338 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2339 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2340 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2341 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2342 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2343 *
2344 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2345 */
2346 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2347
2348 /**
2349 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2350 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2351 *
2352 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2353 */
2354 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2355
2356 /**
2357 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2358 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2359 *
2360 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2361 */
2362 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * The cache type for storing session data.
2366 *
2367 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2368 */
2369 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2373 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2374 *
2375 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2376 *
2377 * @since 1.20
2378 */
2379 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2380
2381 /**
2382 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2383 *
2384 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2385 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2386 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2387 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2388 *
2389 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2390 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2391 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2392 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2393 */
2394 $wgObjectCaches = [
2395 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2396 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2397
2398 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2399 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2400 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2401
2402 'db-replicated' => [
2403 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2404 'readFactory' => [
2405 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2406 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2407 ],
2408 'writeFactory' => [
2409 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2410 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2411 ],
2412 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2413 'reportDupes' => false
2414 ],
2415
2416 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2417 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2418 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2419 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2420 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2421 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2422 ];
2423
2424 /**
2425 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2426 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2427 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2428 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2429 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2430 *
2431 * The options are:
2432 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2433 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2434 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2435 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2436 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2437 * @since 1.26
2438 */
2439 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2443 *
2444 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2445 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2446 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2447 *
2448 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2449 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2450 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2451 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2452 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2453 *
2454 * @since 1.26
2455 */
2456 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2457 CACHE_NONE => [
2458 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2459 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2460 'channels' => []
2461 ]
2462 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2463 'memcached-php' => [
2464 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2465 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2466 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2467 ]
2468 */
2469 ];
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2473 *
2474 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2475 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2476 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2477 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2478 *
2479 * @var bool
2480 * @since 1.29
2481 */
2482 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2483
2484 /**
2485 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2486 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2487 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2488 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2489 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2490 *
2491 * The options are:
2492 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2493 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2494 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2495 *
2496 * @since 1.26
2497 */
2498 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2499
2500 /**
2501 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2502 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2503 */
2504 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2508 */
2509 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2510
2511 /**
2512 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2513 */
2514 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2515
2516 /**
2517 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2518 */
2519 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2520
2521 /**
2522 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2523 *
2524 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2525 *
2526 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2527 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2528 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2529 * others' cookies.
2530 *
2531 * @since 1.27
2532 * @var string
2533 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2534 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2535 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2536 */
2537 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2538
2539 /**
2540 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2541 *
2542 * @since 1.28
2543 */
2544 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2548 */
2549 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2550
2551 /**
2552 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2553 */
2554 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2555
2556 /**
2557 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2558 * requests.
2559 */
2560 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2564 */
2565 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2566
2567 /**
2568 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2569 *
2570 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2571 *
2572 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2573 *
2574 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2575 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2576 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2577 */
2578 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2582 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2583 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2584 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2585 */
2586 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2587
2588 /**
2589 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2590 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2591 *
2592 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2593 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2594 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2595 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2596 * otherwise the database will be used.
2597 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2598 * store static arrays.
2599 *
2600 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2601 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2602 *
2603 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2604 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2605 * will be used.
2606 *
2607 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2608 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2609 */
2610 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2611 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2612 'store' => 'detect',
2613 'storeClass' => false,
2614 'storeDirectory' => false,
2615 'manualRecache' => false,
2616 ];
2617
2618 /**
2619 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2620 */
2621 $wgCachePages = true;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2625 * client-side and server-side caching.
2626 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2627 * @verbatim
2628 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2629 * @endverbatim
2630 */
2631 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2632
2633 /**
2634 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2635 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2636 */
2637 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2638
2639 /**
2640 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2641 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2642 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2643 */
2644 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2645
2646 /**
2647 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2648 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2649 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2650 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2651 */
2652 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2653
2654 /**
2655 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2656 * @deprecated since 1.26
2657 */
2658 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2659
2660 /**
2661 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2662 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2663 */
2664 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2665
2666 /**
2667 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2668 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2669 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2670 *
2671 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2672 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2673 * don't update as expected.
2674 */
2675 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2676
2677 /**
2678 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2679 */
2680 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2684 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2685 *
2686 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2687 */
2688 $wgUseGzip = false;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2692 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2693 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2694 * a grace period.
2695 */
2696 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2700 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2701 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2702 *
2703 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2704 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2705 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2706 */
2707 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2711 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2712 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2713 *
2714 * @par Example:
2715 * @code
2716 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2717 * @endcode
2718 *
2719 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2720 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2721 *
2722 * @var int|bool
2723 */
2724 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2725
2726 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2727
2728 /************************************************************************//**
2729 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2730 *
2731 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2732 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2733 *
2734 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2735 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2736 * more details.
2737 *
2738 * @{
2739 */
2740
2741 /**
2742 * Enable/disable CDN.
2743 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2744 */
2745 $wgUseSquid = false;
2746
2747 /**
2748 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2749 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2750 */
2751 $wgUseESI = false;
2752
2753 /**
2754 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2755 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2756 * @since 1.27
2757 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2758 */
2759 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2760
2761 /**
2762 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2763 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2764 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2765 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2766 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2767 * HTTP redirects.
2768 */
2769 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2770
2771 /**
2772 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2773 *
2774 * @par Example:
2775 * @code
2776 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2777 * @endcode
2778 */
2779 $wgInternalServer = false;
2780
2781 /**
2782 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2783 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2784 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2785 *
2786 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2787 */
2788 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2789
2790 /**
2791 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2792 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2793 * @since 1.27
2794 */
2795 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2796
2797 /**
2798 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2799 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2800 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2801 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2802 *
2803 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2804 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2805 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2806 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2807 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2808 *
2809 * @since 1.27
2810 */
2811 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2812
2813 /**
2814 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2815 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2816 * @since 1.27
2817 */
2818 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2819
2820 /**
2821 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2822 *
2823 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2824 */
2825 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2826
2827 /**
2828 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2829 *
2830 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2831 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2832 *
2833 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2834 */
2835 $wgSquidServers = [];
2836
2837 /**
2838 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2839 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2840 * CIDR blocks.
2841 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2842 */
2843 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2844
2845 /**
2846 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2847 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2848 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2849 *
2850 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2851 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2852 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2853 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2854 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2855 *
2856 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2857 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2858 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2859 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2860 * reverse).
2861 *
2862 * @since 1.21
2863 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2864 */
2865 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2866
2867 /**
2868 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2869 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2870 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2871 *
2872 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2873 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2874 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2875 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2876 *
2877 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2878 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2879 * @code
2880 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2881 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2882 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2883 * 'port' => 4827,
2884 * ],
2885 * '' => [
2886 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2887 * 'port' => 4827,
2888 * ],
2889 * ];
2890 * @endcode
2891 *
2892 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2893 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2894 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2895 *
2896 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2897 * @code
2898 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2899 * '' => [
2900 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2901 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2902 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2903 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2904 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2905 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2906 * ],
2907 * ];
2908 * @endcode
2909 *
2910 * @since 1.22
2911 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2912 */
2913 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2914
2915 /**
2916 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2917 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2918 */
2919 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2923 */
2924 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2925
2926 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2927
2928 /************************************************************************//**
2929 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2930 * @{
2931 */
2932
2933 /**
2934 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2935 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2936 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2937 *
2938 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2939 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2940 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2941 *
2942 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2943 * change it in their preferences.
2944 *
2945 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2946 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2947 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2948 */
2949 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2950
2951 /**
2952 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2953 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2954 */
2955 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2956
2957 /**
2958 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2959 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2960 *
2961 * @par Example:
2962 * @code
2963 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2964 * @endcode
2965 */
2966 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2970 */
2971 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2975 */
2976 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2977
2978 /**
2979 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2980 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2981 * Notes:
2982 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2983 * map.
2984 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2985 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2986 * this array.
2987 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2988 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2989 * the prefix in this array.
2990 */
2991 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2992
2993 /**
2994 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2995 */
2996 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2997
2998 /**
2999 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
3000 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3001 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3002 *
3003 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3004 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3005 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3006 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3007 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3008 *
3009 * @since 1.29
3010 */
3011 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3012 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3013 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3014 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3015
3016 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3017 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3018 ];
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3022 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3023 *
3024 * @deprecated since 1.29
3025 */
3026 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3030 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3031 * set to "ar".
3032 *
3033 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3034 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3035 *
3036 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3037 */
3038 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3042 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3043 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3044 * support these characters.
3045 *
3046 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3047 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3048 *
3049 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3050 */
3051 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3055 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3056 * impact.
3057 *
3058 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3059 * details.
3060 *
3061 * @since 1.17
3062 */
3063 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3067 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3068 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3069 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3070 *
3071 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3072 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3073 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3074 */
3075 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3079 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3080 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3081 *
3082 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3083 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3084 * to remain viewable.
3085 *
3086 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3087 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3088 */
3089 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3093 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3094 */
3095 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3099 * numerals in interface.
3100 */
3101 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3102
3103 /**
3104 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3105 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3106 */
3107 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3108
3109 /**
3110 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3111 */
3112 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3116 */
3117 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3121 */
3122 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3123
3124 /**
3125 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3126 */
3127 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3128
3129 /**
3130 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3131 */
3132 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3133
3134 /**
3135 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3136 * used to ease variant development work.
3137 */
3138 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3139
3140 /**
3141 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3142 *
3143 * @par Example:
3144 * @code
3145 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3146 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3147 * @endcode
3148 */
3149 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3150
3151 /**
3152 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3153 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3154 * language variant.
3155 *
3156 * @par Example:
3157 * @code
3158 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3159 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3160 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3161 * @endcode
3162 *
3163 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3164 *
3165 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3166 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3167 */
3168 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3169
3170 /**
3171 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3172 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3173 * customise these.
3174 */
3175 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3179 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3180 *
3181 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3182 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3183 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3184 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3185 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3186 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3187 * the default behavior.
3188 *
3189 * @par Example:
3190 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3191 * portal:
3192 * @code
3193 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3194 * @endcode
3195 */
3196 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3197
3198 /**
3199 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3200 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3201 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3202 *
3203 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3204 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3205 *
3206 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3207 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3208 *
3209 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3210 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3211 *
3212 * @par Examples:
3213 * @code
3214 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3215 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3216 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3217 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3218 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3219 * @endcode
3220 */
3221 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3225 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3226 *
3227 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3228 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3229 *
3230 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3231 */
3232 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3233
3234 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3235
3236 /*************************************************************************//**
3237 * @name Output format and skin settings
3238 * @{
3239 */
3240
3241 /**
3242 * The default Content-Type header.
3243 */
3244 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3248 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3249 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3250 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3251 * @deprecated since 1.22
3252 */
3253 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3254
3255 /**
3256 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3257 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3258 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3259 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3260 * @deprecated since 1.22
3261 */
3262 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3266 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3267 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3268 * to true by Setup.php.
3269 * @deprecated since 1.22
3270 */
3271 $wgHtml5 = true;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3275 *
3276 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3277 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3278 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3279 * @since 1.16
3280 */
3281 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3282
3283 /**
3284 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3285 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3286 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3287 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3288 * @since 1.24
3289 */
3290 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3291
3292 /**
3293 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3294 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3295 * stable and change has been communicated.
3296 * @since 1.24
3297 */
3298 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3299
3300 /**
3301 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3302 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3303 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3304 *
3305 * @since 1.28
3306 */
3307 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3308
3309 /**
3310 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3311 *
3312 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3313 *
3314 * @par Example:
3315 * @code
3316 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3317 * @endcode
3318 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3319 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3320 *
3321 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3322 */
3323 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3327 *
3328 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3329 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3330 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3331 */
3332 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3336 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3337 */
3338 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3342 *
3343 * @since 1.24
3344 */
3345 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3346
3347 /**
3348 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3349 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3350 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3351 */
3352 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3353
3354 /**
3355 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3356 */
3357 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3358
3359 /**
3360 * Allow user Javascript page?
3361 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3362 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3363 */
3364 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3368 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3369 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3370 */
3371 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3372
3373 /**
3374 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3375 *
3376 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3377 * are availabe to users.
3378 */
3379 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3380
3381 /**
3382 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3383 */
3384 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3385
3386 /**
3387 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3388 */
3389 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3393 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3394 */
3395 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3396
3397 /**
3398 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3399 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3400 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3401 *
3402 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3403 *
3404 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3405 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3406 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3407 *
3408 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3409 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3410 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3411 * recommended.
3412 *
3413 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3414 * not just edit pages.
3415 */
3416 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3417
3418 /**
3419 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3420 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3421 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3422 * Options are:
3423 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3424 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3425 * - false: Allow all framing.
3426 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3427 */
3428 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3429
3430 /**
3431 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3432 */
3433 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3434
3435 /**
3436 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3437 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3438 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3439 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3440 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3441 *
3442 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3443 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3444 * a page.
3445 *
3446 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3447 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3448 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3449 * would still work.
3450 *
3451 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3452 *
3453 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3454 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3455 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3456 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3457 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3458 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3459 * fragment mode is used.
3460 *
3461 * @since 1.30
3462 */
3463 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3467 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3468 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3469 * to 'html5'.
3470 *
3471 * @since 1.30
3472 */
3473 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3474
3475 /**
3476 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3477 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3478 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3479 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3480 *
3481 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3482 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3483 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3484 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3485 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3486 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3487 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3488 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3489 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3490 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3491 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3492 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3493 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3494 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3495 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3496 * not be outputted
3497 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3498 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3499 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3500 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3501 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3502 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3503 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3504 */
3505 $wgFooterIcons = [
3506 "copyright" => [
3507 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3508 ],
3509 "poweredby" => [
3510 "mediawiki" => [
3511 // Defaults to point at
3512 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3513 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3514 "src" => null,
3515 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3516 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3517 ]
3518 ],
3519 ];
3520
3521 /**
3522 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3523 * to create an account.
3524 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3525 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3526 */
3527 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3528
3529 /**
3530 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3531 */
3532 $wgEdititis = false;
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3536 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3537 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3538 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3539 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3540 *
3541 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3542 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3543 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3544 */
3545 $wgSend404Code = true;
3546
3547 /**
3548 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3549 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3550 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3551 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3552 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3553 *
3554 * @since 1.20
3555 */
3556 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3557
3558 /**
3559 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3560 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3561 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3562 * unconditionally.
3563 */
3564 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3565
3566 /**
3567 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3568 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3569 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3570 * the domain root.
3571 *
3572 * @since 1.25
3573 */
3574 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3575
3576 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3577
3578 /*************************************************************************//**
3579 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3580 * @{
3581 */
3582
3583 /**
3584 * Client-side resource modules.
3585 *
3586 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3587 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3588 *
3589 * @par Example:
3590 * @code
3591 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3592 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3593 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3594 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3595 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3596 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3597 * ];
3598 * @endcode
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceModules = [];
3601
3602 /**
3603 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3604 *
3605 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3606 * not be modified or disabled.
3607 *
3608 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3609 *
3610 * @par Example:
3611 * @code
3612 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3613 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3614 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3615 * ];
3616 *
3617 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3618 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3619 * ];
3620 * @endcode
3621 *
3622 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3623 *
3624 * @par Equivalent:
3625 * @code
3626 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3627 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3628 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3629 * 'skinStyles' => [
3630 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3631 * ],
3632 * ];
3633 * @endcode
3634 *
3635 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3636 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3637 *
3638 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3639 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3640 *
3641 * @par Example:
3642 * @code
3643 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3644 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3645 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3646 * 'skinStyles' => [
3647 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3648 * ],
3649 * ];
3650 * // Note the '+' character:
3651 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3652 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3653 * ];
3654 * @endcode
3655 *
3656 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3657 *
3658 * @par Equivalent:
3659 * @code
3660 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3661 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3662 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3663 * 'skinStyles' => [
3664 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3665 * 'foo' => [
3666 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3667 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3668 * ],
3669 * ],
3670 * ];
3671 * @endcode
3672 *
3673 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3674 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3675 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3676 *
3677 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3678 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3679 *
3680 * @par Example:
3681 * @code
3682 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3683 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3684 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3685 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3686 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3687 * ];
3688 * @endcode
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3691
3692 /**
3693 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3694 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3695 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3696 *
3697 * @par Example:
3698 * @code
3699 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3700 * @endcode
3701 */
3702 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3703
3704 /**
3705 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3706 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3707 */
3708 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3712 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3713 *
3714 * Following options to distinguish:
3715 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3716 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3717 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3718 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3719 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3720 *
3721 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3722 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3723 * client and MediaWiki.
3724 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3725 */
3726 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3727 'versioned' => [
3728 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3729 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3730 ],
3731 'unversioned' => [
3732 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3733 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3734 ],
3735 ];
3736
3737 /**
3738 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3739 *
3740 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3746 *
3747 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3748 */
3749 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3750
3751 /**
3752 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3753 *
3754 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3755 * work.
3756 *
3757 * @par Example of legacy code:
3758 * @code{,js}
3759 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3760 * @endcode
3761 * or:
3762 * @code{,js}
3763 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3764 * @endcode
3765 *
3766 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3767 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3768 * @code{,js}
3769 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3770 * @endcode
3771 * or:
3772 * @code{,js}
3773 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3774 * @endcode
3775 */
3776 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3777
3778 /**
3779 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3780 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3781 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3782 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3783 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3784 * that you can't increase.
3785 *
3786 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3787 * string length limit.
3788 *
3789 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3790 */
3791 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3792
3793 /**
3794 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3795 * prior to minification to validate it.
3796 *
3797 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3798 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3799 */
3800 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3804 *
3805 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3806 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3807 *
3808 * @since 1.32
3809 */
3810 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3811
3812 /**
3813 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3814 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3815 */
3816 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3817
3818 /**
3819 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3820 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3821 *
3822 * @since 1.23
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3828 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3829 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3830 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3831 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3832 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3833 * from the rest of the site.
3834 *
3835 * @since 1.25
3836 */
3837 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3838
3839 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3840
3841 /*************************************************************************//**
3842 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3843 * @{
3844 */
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3848 * used instead.
3849 */
3850 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3854 *
3855 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3856 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3857 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3858 */
3859 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3863 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3864 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3865 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3866 * hook or extension.json.
3867 *
3868 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3869 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3870 * the new namespace name.
3871 *
3872 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3873 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3874 *
3875 * @par Example:
3876 * @code
3877 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3878 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3879 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3880 * 102 => "Aide",
3881 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3882 * ];
3883 * @endcode
3884 *
3885 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3886 */
3887 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3891 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3892 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3893 * @since 1.18
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Namespace aliases.
3899 *
3900 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3901 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3902 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3903 * name.
3904 *
3905 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3906 *
3907 * @par Example:
3908 * @code
3909 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3910 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3911 * 'Help' => 100,
3912 * ];
3913 * @endcode
3914 */
3915 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3919 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3920 *
3921 * Problematic punctuation:
3922 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3923 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3924 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3925 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3926 * corrupted by apache
3927 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3928 *
3929 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3930 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3931 *
3932 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3933 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3934 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3935 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3936 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3937 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3938 *
3939 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3940 */
3941 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3942
3943 /**
3944 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3945 *
3946 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3947 */
3948 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3952 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3953 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3954 *
3955 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3956 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3962 */
3963 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3964
3965 /**
3966 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3967 * @{
3968 */
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3972 * database (.cdb) file.
3973 *
3974 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3975 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3976 * formats such as the following:
3977 *
3978 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3979 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3980 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3981 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3982 *
3983 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3984 * data layout.
3985 *
3986 * @var bool|array|string
3987 */
3988 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3992 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3993 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3994 * - 3: site levels
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4000 */
4001 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4007 * @{
4008 */
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4012 */
4013 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4014
4015 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4016
4017 /**
4018 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4019 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4020 * as 'redirected from' links.
4021 *
4022 * @par Example:
4023 * It might look something like this:
4024 * @code
4025 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4026 * @endcode
4027 *
4028 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4029 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4030 * the URL.
4031 */
4032 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4033
4034 /**
4035 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4036 *
4037 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4038 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4039 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4040 */
4041 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4042
4043 /**
4044 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4045 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4046 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4047 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4048 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4049 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4050 * NS_FILE.
4051 *
4052 * @par Example:
4053 * @code
4054 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4055 * @endcode
4056 */
4057 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4061 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4062 */
4063 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4064 NS_TALK => true,
4065 NS_USER => true,
4066 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4067 NS_PROJECT => true,
4068 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4069 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4070 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4071 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4072 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4073 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4074 NS_HELP => true,
4075 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4076 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4077 ];
4078
4079 /**
4080 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4081 *
4082 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4083 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4084 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4085 *
4086 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4087 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4088 *
4089 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4090 * the new extension registration system.
4091 *
4092 * @since 1.23
4093 */
4094 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4095
4096 /**
4097 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4098 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4099 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4100 * number of articles in the wiki.
4101 */
4102 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4106 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4107 * be shown on that page.
4108 * @since 1.30
4109 */
4110 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4114 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4115 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4116 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4117 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4118 */
4119 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4123 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4124 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4125 */
4126 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4130 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4131 * will make the redirect fail.
4132 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4133 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4134 *
4135 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4136 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4137 */
4138 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4139
4140 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4141
4142 /************************************************************************//**
4143 * @name Parser settings
4144 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4145 * @{
4146 */
4147
4148 /**
4149 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4150 *
4151 * class The class name
4152 *
4153 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4154 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4155 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4156 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4157 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4158 *
4159 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4160 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4161 *
4162 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4163 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4164 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4165 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4166 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4167 * an extension setup function.
4168 */
4169 $wgParserConf = [
4170 'class' => Parser::class,
4171 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4172 ];
4173
4174 /**
4175 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4176 */
4177 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4178
4179 /**
4180 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4181 * by PPFrame::expand()
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4187 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4188 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4189 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4190 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4191 *
4192 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4198 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4199 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4200 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4206 */
4207 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4208
4209 /**
4210 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4211 *
4212 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4213 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4214 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4215 * more information.
4216 *
4217 * @see wfParseUrl
4218 */
4219 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4220 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4221 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4222 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4223 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4224 ];
4225
4226 /**
4227 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4228 */
4229 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4230
4231 /**
4232 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4233 */
4234 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4238 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4239 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4240 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4241 *
4242 * @par Examples:
4243 * @code
4244 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4245 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4246 * @endcode
4247 */
4248 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4249
4250 /**
4251 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4252 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4253 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4254 * The image will be displayed.
4255 *
4256 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4257 * Or false to disable it
4258 *
4259 * @since 1.14
4260 */
4261 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4262
4263 /**
4264 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4265 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4266 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4267 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4268 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4269 * sites they control.
4270 */
4271 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4272
4273 /**
4274 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4275 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4276 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4277 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4278 *
4279 * Setting this to null is deprecated.
4280 *
4281 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4282 * parameters will be used instead.
4283 *
4284 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4285 * (Equivalent to setting `$wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'`.)
4286 *
4287 * Keys are:
4288 * - driver: May be:
4289 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4290 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4291 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4292 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4293 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4294 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4295 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4296 * - disabled: Disable tidy pass and use a hacky pure PHP workaround
4297 * (this is what setting $wgUseTidy to false used to do)
4298 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4299 *
4300 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4301 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4302 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4303 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4304 */
4305 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4309 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'
4310 */
4311 $wgUseTidy = false;
4312
4313 /**
4314 * The path to the tidy binary.
4315 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4316 */
4317 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4318
4319 /**
4320 * The path to the tidy config file
4321 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4322 */
4323 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4324
4325 /**
4326 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4327 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4328 */
4329 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4330
4331 /**
4332 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4333 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4334 */
4335 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4336
4337 /**
4338 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4339 * Only works for internal tidy.
4340 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['debugComment']
4341 */
4342 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4343
4344 /**
4345 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4346 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4347 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4348 */
4349 $wgRawHtml = false;
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4353 *
4354 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4355 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4356 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4357 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4358 * to some of your users.
4359 */
4360 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4361
4362 /**
4363 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4364 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4365 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4366 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4367 */
4368 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4369
4370 /**
4371 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4372 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4373 */
4374 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4375
4376 /**
4377 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4378 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4379 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4380 *
4381 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4382 *
4383 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4384 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4385 * etc.
4386 *
4387 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4388 */
4389 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4393 */
4394 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4395
4396 /**
4397 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4398 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4399 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4400 */
4401 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4405 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4406 */
4407 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4408
4409 /**
4410 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4411 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4412 */
4413 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4414
4415 /**
4416 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4417 */
4418 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4419
4420 /**
4421 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4422 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4423 */
4424 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4425
4426 /**
4427 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4428 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4429 *
4430 * @since 1.28
4431 */
4432 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4433 'ISBN' => false,
4434 'PMID' => false,
4435 'RFC' => false
4436 ];
4437
4438 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4439
4440 /************************************************************************//**
4441 * @name Statistics
4442 * @{
4443 */
4444
4445 /**
4446 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4447 * as a valid article.
4448 *
4449 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4450 *
4451 * This variable can have the following values:
4452 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4453 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4454 *
4455 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4456 *
4457 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4458 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4459 * script.
4460 */
4461 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4462
4463 /**
4464 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4465 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4466 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4467 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4468 * numbers between different wikis.
4469 */
4470 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4471
4472 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4473
4474 /************************************************************************//**
4475 * @name User accounts, authentication
4476 * @{
4477 */
4478
4479 /**
4480 * Central ID lookup providers
4481 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4482 * @since 1.27
4483 */
4484 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4485 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4486 ];
4487
4488 /**
4489 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4490 * @var string
4491 */
4492 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4493
4494 /**
4495 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4496 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4497 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4498 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4499 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4500 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4501 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4502 * Statements:
4503 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4504 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4505 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4506 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4507 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4508 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4509 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4510 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4511 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4512 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4513 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4514 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4515 * @since 1.26
4516 */
4517 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4518 'policies' => [
4519 'bureaucrat' => [
4520 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4521 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4522 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4523 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4524 ],
4525 'sysop' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4527 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4529 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4530 ],
4531 'interface-admin' => [
4532 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4533 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4534 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4535 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4536 ],
4537 'bot' => [
4538 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4539 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4540 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4541 ],
4542 'default' => [
4543 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4544 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4545 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4546 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4547 ],
4548 ],
4549 'checks' => [
4550 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4551 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4552 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4553 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4554 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4555 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4556 ],
4557 ];
4558
4559 /**
4560 * Configure AuthManager
4561 *
4562 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4563 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4564 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4565 * (default is 0).
4566 *
4567 * Elements are:
4568 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4569 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4570 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4571 *
4572 * @since 1.27
4573 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4574 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4575 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4576 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4577 */
4578 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4579
4580 /**
4581 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4582 * @since 1.27
4583 */
4584 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4585 'preauth' => [
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'sort' => 0,
4589 ],
4590 ],
4591 'primaryauth' => [
4592 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4593 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4594 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4595 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4596 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4597 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4598 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4599 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 'args' => [ [
4602 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4603 'authoritative' => false,
4604 ] ],
4605 'sort' => 0,
4606 ],
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'args' => [ [
4610 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4611 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4612 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4613 // password") if it too fails.
4614 'authoritative' => true,
4615 ] ],
4616 'sort' => 100,
4617 ],
4618 ],
4619 'secondaryauth' => [
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 0,
4623 ],
4624 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4625 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4626 'sort' => 100,
4627 ],
4628 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4629 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4630 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4631 // 'sort' => 100,
4632 // ],
4633 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4634 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4635 'sort' => 200,
4636 ],
4637 ],
4638 ];
4639
4640 /**
4641 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4642 *
4643 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4644 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4645 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4646 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4647 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4648 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4649 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4650 * that needs to do this.
4651 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4652 * the last X seconds.
4653 * - Come up with a third option.
4654 *
4655 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4656 * "X seconds".
4657 *
4658 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4659 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4660 * - LinkAccounts
4661 * - UnlinkAccount
4662 * - ChangeCredentials
4663 * - RemoveCredentials
4664 * - ChangeEmail
4665 *
4666 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4667 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4668 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4669 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4670 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4671 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4672 *
4673 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4674 *
4675 * @since 1.27
4676 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4677 */
4678 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4679 'default' => 300,
4680 ];
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4684 *
4685 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4686 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4687 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4688 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4689 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4690 *
4691 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4692 *
4693 * @since 1.27
4694 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4695 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4696 */
4697 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4698 'default' => true,
4699 ];
4700
4701 /**
4702 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4703 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4704 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4705 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4706 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4707 * @since 1.27
4708 * @var string[]
4709 */
4710 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4711 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4716 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4717 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4718 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4719 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4720 * @since 1.27
4721 * @var string[]
4722 */
4723 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4724 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4725 ];
4726
4727 /**
4728 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4729 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4730 */
4731 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4732
4733 /**
4734 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4735 * words are allowed.
4736 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4737 */
4738 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4739
4740 /**
4741 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4742 *
4743 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4744 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4745 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4746 *
4747 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4748 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4749 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4750 */
4751 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4752
4753 /**
4754 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4755 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4756 * @since 1.23
4757 */
4758 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4759
4760 /**
4761 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4762 *
4763 * @since 1.24
4764 */
4765 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4769 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4770 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4771 *
4772 * An advanced example:
4773 * @code
4774 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4775 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4776 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4777 * 'secrets' => [
4778 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4779 * ],
4780 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4781 * ];
4782 * @endcode
4783 *
4784 * @since 1.24
4785 */
4786 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4787 'A' => [
4788 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4789 ],
4790 'B' => [
4791 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4792 ],
4793 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4794 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4795 'types' => [
4796 'A',
4797 'pbkdf2',
4798 ],
4799 ],
4800 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4801 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4802 'types' => [
4803 'B',
4804 'pbkdf2',
4805 ],
4806 ],
4807 'bcrypt' => [
4808 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4809 'cost' => 9,
4810 ],
4811 'pbkdf2' => [
4812 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4813 'algo' => 'sha512',
4814 'cost' => '30000',
4815 'length' => '64',
4816 ],
4817 ];
4818
4819 /**
4820 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4821 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4822 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4823 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4824 */
4825 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4826 'username' => true,
4827 'email' => true,
4828 ];
4829
4830 /**
4831 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4832 */
4833 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4834
4835 /**
4836 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4837 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4838 */
4839 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4840
4841 /**
4842 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4843 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4844 */
4845 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4846 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4847 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4848 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4849 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4850 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4851 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4852 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4853 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4854 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4855 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4856 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4857 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4858 ];
4859
4860 /**
4861 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4862 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4863 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4864 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4865 */
4866 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4867 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4868 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4869 'date' => 'default',
4870 'diffonly' => 0,
4871 'disablemail' => 0,
4872 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4873 'editondblclick' => 0,
4874 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4875 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4876 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4877 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4878 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4879 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4880 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4881 'fancysig' => 0,
4882 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4883 'gender' => 'unknown',
4884 'hideminor' => 0,
4885 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4886 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4887 'imagesize' => 2,
4888 'minordefault' => 0,
4889 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4890 'nickname' => '',
4891 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4892 'numberheadings' => 0,
4893 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4894 'previewontop' => 1,
4895 'rcdays' => 7,
4896 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4897 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4898 'rclimit' => 50,
4899 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4900 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4901 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4902 'skin' => false,
4903 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4904 'thumbsize' => 5,
4905 'underline' => 2,
4906 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4907 'usenewrc' => 1,
4908 'watchcreations' => 1,
4909 'watchdefault' => 1,
4910 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4911 'watchuploads' => 1,
4912 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4913 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4914 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4915 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4916 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4917 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4918 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4919 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4920 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4921 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4922 'watchmoves' => 0,
4923 'watchrollback' => 0,
4924 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4925 'wllimit' => 250,
4926 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4927 'prefershttps' => 1,
4928 ];
4929
4930 /**
4931 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4932 */
4933 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4934
4935 /**
4936 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4937 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4938 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4939 */
4940 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4941
4942 /**
4943 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4944 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4945 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4946 *
4947 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4948 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4949 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4950 */
4951 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4952
4953 /**
4954 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4955 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4956 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4957 * @since 1.17
4958 */
4959 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4960
4961 /**
4962 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4963 *
4964 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4965 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4966 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4967 *
4968 * @since 1.27
4969 * @var string|null
4970 */
4971 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4972
4973 /**
4974 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4975 *
4976 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4977 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4978 *
4979 * @since 1.27
4980 */
4981 $wgSessionProviders = [
4982 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4983 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4984 'args' => [ [
4985 'priority' => 30,
4986 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4987 ] ],
4988 ],
4989 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4990 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4991 'args' => [ [
4992 'priority' => 75,
4993 ] ],
4994 ],
4995 ];
4996
4997 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4998
4999 /************************************************************************//**
5000 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5001 * @{
5002 */
5003
5004 /**
5005 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5006 */
5007 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5008
5009 /**
5010 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5011 */
5012 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5013
5014 /**
5015 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5016 */
5017 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5018
5019 /**
5020 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5021 *
5022 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5023 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5024 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5025 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5026 *
5027 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5028 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5029 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5030 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5031 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5032 */
5033 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5034 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5035 'IPv6' => 19,
5036 ];
5037
5038 /**
5039 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5040 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5041 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5042 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5043 * anonymous visitors.
5044 */
5045 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5046
5047 /**
5048 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5049 *
5050 * @par Example:
5051 * @code
5052 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5053 * @endcode
5054 *
5055 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5056 *
5057 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5058 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5059 *
5060 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5061 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5062 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5063 *
5064 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5065 * hook instead.
5066 */
5067 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5068
5069 /**
5070 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5071 *
5072 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5073 * is without underscore.
5074 *
5075 * @par Example:
5076 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5077 * @code
5078 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5079 * @endcode
5080 *
5081 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5082 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5083 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5084 *
5085 * @par Example:
5086 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5087 * @code
5088 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5089 * @endcode
5090 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5091 *
5092 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5093 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5094 */
5095 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5096
5097 /**
5098 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5099 * address before being allowed to edit?
5100 */
5101 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5102
5103 /**
5104 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5105 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5106 */
5107 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5108
5109 /**
5110 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5111 *
5112 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5113 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5114 *
5115 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5116 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5117 *
5118 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5119 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5120 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5121 * in in the user_groups table.
5122 *
5123 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5124 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5125 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5126 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5127 *
5128 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5129 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5130 *
5131 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5132 */
5133 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5134
5135 /** @cond file_level_code */
5136 // Implicit group for all visitors
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5148 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5149
5150 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5173
5174 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5177
5178 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5179 // from various log pages by default
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5188
5189 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5193 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5195 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5197 // can view deleted revision text
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5230 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5234
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5242
5243 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5246 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5247 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5248 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5250
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5252 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5253 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5254 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5255 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5256 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5257 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5258 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5259 // For private suppression log access
5260 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5261
5262 /**
5263 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5264 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5265 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5266 * server.
5267 */
5268 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5269
5270 /** @endcond */
5271
5272 /**
5273 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5274 *
5275 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5276 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5277 *
5278 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5279 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5280 */
5281 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5282
5283 /**
5284 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5285 */
5286 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5290 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5291 *
5292 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5293 * group".
5294 *
5295 * @par Example:
5296 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5297 * @code
5298 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5299 * @endcode
5300 *
5301 * @par Example:
5302 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5303 * @code
5304 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5305 * @endcode
5306 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5307 * any group that they happen to be in.
5308 */
5309 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5310
5311 /**
5312 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5313 */
5314 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5315
5316 /**
5317 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5318 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5319 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5320 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5321 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5322 */
5323 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5324
5325 /**
5326 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5327 *
5328 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5329 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5330 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5331 *
5332 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5333 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5334 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5335 */
5336 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5337
5338 /**
5339 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5340 *
5341 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5342 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5343 *
5344 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5345 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5346 */
5347 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5348
5349 /**
5350 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5351 *
5352 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5353 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5354 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5355 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5356 * "semiprotected".
5357 *
5358 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5359 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5360 */
5361 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5362
5363 /**
5364 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5365 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5366 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5367 *
5368 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5369 */
5370 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5371
5372 /**
5373 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5374 *
5375 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5376 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5377 *
5378 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5379 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5380 */
5381 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5382
5383 /**
5384 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5385 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5386 * privileges of new accounts.
5387 *
5388 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5389 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5390 *
5391 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5392 *
5393 * @par Example:
5394 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5395 * @code
5396 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5397 * @endcode
5398 * Set age to one day:
5399 * @code
5400 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5401 * @endcode
5402 */
5403 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5404
5405 /**
5406 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5407 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5408 *
5409 * @par Example:
5410 * @code
5411 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5412 * @endcode
5413 */
5414 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5415
5416 /**
5417 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5418 *
5419 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5420 *
5421 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5422 * 'groupname' => cond,
5423 * 'group2' => cond2,
5424 * );
5425 *
5426 * A `cond` may be:
5427 * - a single condition without arguments:
5428 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5429 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5430 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5431 * - a single condition with arguments:
5432 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5433 * - a set of conditions:
5434 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5435 *
5436 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5437 * - `&` (**AND**):
5438 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5439 * - `|` (**OR**):
5440 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5441 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5442 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5443 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5444 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5445 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5446 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5447 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5448 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5449 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5450 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5451 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5452 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5453 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5454 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5455 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5456 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5457 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5458 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5459 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5460 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5461 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5462 * true if the user is blocked
5463 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5464 * true if the user is a bot
5465 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5466 *
5467 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5468 * linked by operands.
5469 *
5470 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5471 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5472 */
5473 $wgAutopromote = [
5474 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5475 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5476 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5477 ],
5478 ];
5479
5480 /**
5481 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5482 *
5483 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5484 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5485 *
5486 * The format is:
5487 * @code
5488 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5489 * @endcode
5490 * Where event is either:
5491 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5492 *
5493 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5494 *
5495 * @see $wgAutopromote
5496 * @since 1.18
5497 */
5498 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5499 'onEdit' => [],
5500 ];
5501
5502 /**
5503 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5504 * @since 1.18
5505 */
5506 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5507
5508 /**
5509 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5510 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5511 *
5512 * @par Example:
5513 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5514 * @code
5515 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5516 * @endcode
5517 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5518 * @code
5519 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5520 * @endcode
5521 * Sysops can make bots:
5522 * @code
5523 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5524 * @endcode
5525 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5526 * @code
5527 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5528 * @endcode
5529 */
5530 $wgAddGroups = [];
5531
5532 /**
5533 * @see $wgAddGroups
5534 */
5535 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5536
5537 /**
5538 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5539 * For extensions only.
5540 */
5541 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5542
5543 /**
5544 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5545 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5546 */
5547 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5548
5549 /**
5550 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5551 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5552 */
5553 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5554
5555 /**
5556 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5557 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5558 * This is limited for performance reason.
5559 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5560 * @since 1.23
5561 */
5562 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5563
5564 /**
5565 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5566 *
5567 * @par Example:
5568 * @code
5569 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5570 * // no more than 100 per month
5571 * [
5572 * 'count' => 100,
5573 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5574 * ],
5575 * // no more than 10 per day
5576 * [
5577 * 'count' => 10,
5578 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5579 * ],
5580 * ];
5581 * @endcode
5582 *
5583 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5584 */
5585 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5586 'count' => 0,
5587 'seconds' => 86400,
5588 ] ];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5592 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5593 *
5594 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5595 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5596 *
5597 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5598 *
5599 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5600 */
5601 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5605 */
5606 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5607
5608 /**
5609 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5610 * proxies
5611 * @since 1.16
5612 */
5613 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5614
5615 /**
5616 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5617 *
5618 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5619 * the blacklist require a key).
5620 *
5621 * @par Example:
5622 * @code
5623 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5624 * // String containing URL
5625 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5626 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5627 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5628 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5629 * // just use a string as shown above
5630 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5631 * ];
5632 * @endcode
5633 *
5634 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5635 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5636 * @since 1.16
5637 */
5638 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5639
5640 /**
5641 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5642 * what the other methods might say.
5643 */
5644 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5645
5646 /**
5647 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5648 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5649 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5650 * @since 1.29
5651 * @var string[]
5652 */
5653 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5654
5655 /**
5656 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5657 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5658 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5659 */
5660 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5661
5662 /**
5663 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5664 *
5665 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5666 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5667 * elapses.
5668 *
5669 * @par Example:
5670 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5671 * @code
5672 * $wgRateLimits = [
5673 * 'edit' => [
5674 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5675 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5676 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5677 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5678 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5679 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5680 * ]
5681 * ];
5682 * @endcode
5683 *
5684 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5685 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5686 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5687 * @code
5688 * $wgRateLimits = [
5689 * 'some-action' => [
5690 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5691 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5692 * ];
5693 * @endcode
5694 *
5695 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5696 */
5697 $wgRateLimits = [
5698 // Page edits
5699 'edit' => [
5700 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5701 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5702 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Page moves
5705 'move' => [
5706 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5707 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5708 ],
5709 // File uploads
5710 'upload' => [
5711 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5712 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Page rollbacks
5715 'rollback' => [
5716 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5717 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5718 ],
5719 // Triggering password resets emails
5720 'mailpassword' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5722 ],
5723 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5724 'emailuser' => [
5725 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5726 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5727 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5728 ],
5729 // Purging pages
5730 'purge' => [
5731 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5732 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5733 ],
5734 // Purges of link tables
5735 'linkpurge' => [
5736 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5737 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5738 ],
5739 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5740 'renderfile' => [
5741 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5742 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5743 ],
5744 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5745 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5746 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5747 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5748 ],
5749 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5750 'stashedit' => [
5751 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5752 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5753 ],
5754 // Adding or removing change tags
5755 'changetag' => [
5756 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5757 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5758 ],
5759 // Changing the content model of a page
5760 'editcontentmodel' => [
5761 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5762 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5763 ],
5764 ];
5765
5766 /**
5767 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5768 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5769 */
5770 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5771
5772 /**
5773 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5774 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5775 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5776 */
5777 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5778
5779 /**
5780 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5781 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5782 */
5783 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5784
5785 /**
5786 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5787 *
5788 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5789 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5790 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5791 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5792 *
5793 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5794 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5795 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5796 */
5797 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5798 // Short term limit
5799 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5800 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5801 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5802 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5803 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5804 ];
5805
5806 /**
5807 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5808 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5809 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5810 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5811 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5812 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5813 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5814 * @since 1.27
5815 */
5816 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5817
5818 // @TODO: clean up grants
5819 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5820
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5831
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5844
5845 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5874
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5881
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5883
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5888
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5892
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5896 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5905
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5907
5908 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5909
5910 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5911
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5913
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5915
5916 /**
5917 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5918 * @since 1.27
5919 */
5920 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5921 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5922 'basic' => 'hidden',
5923
5924 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5925 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5926 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5927 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5928
5929 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5930 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5931
5932 'sendemail' => 'email',
5933
5934 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5935 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5936
5937 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5938 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5939
5940 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5941 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5942 'rollback' => 'administration',
5943 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5944 'delete' => 'administration',
5945 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5946 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5947 'protect' => 'administration',
5948 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5949
5950 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5951
5952 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5953 ];
5954
5955 /**
5956 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5957 * @since 1.27
5958 */
5959 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5963 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5964 * @since 1.27
5965 */
5966 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5967
5968 /**
5969 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5970 *
5971 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5972 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5973 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5974 * @since 1.27
5975 */
5976 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5977
5978 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5979
5980 /************************************************************************//**
5981 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5982 * @{
5983 */
5984
5985 /**
5986 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5987 */
5988 $wgSecretKey = false;
5989
5990 /**
5991 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5992 *
5993 * This can have the following formats:
5994 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5995 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5996 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5997 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5998 */
5999 $wgProxyList = [];
6000
6001 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6002
6003 /************************************************************************//**
6004 * @name Cookie settings
6005 * @{
6006 */
6007
6008 /**
6009 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6010 */
6011 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6015 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6016 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6017 * login cookies session-only.
6018 */
6019 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6023 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6024 */
6025 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6026
6027 /**
6028 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6029 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6030 */
6031 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6032
6033 /**
6034 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6035 * - true: Set secure flag
6036 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6037 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6038 */
6039 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6040
6041 /**
6042 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6043 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6044 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6045 * check.
6046 */
6047 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6051 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6052 * name to be used as a prefix.
6053 */
6054 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6055
6056 /**
6057 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6058 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6059 * XSS attack.
6060 */
6061 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6062
6063 /**
6064 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6065 */
6066 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6067
6068 /**
6069 * Override to customise the session name
6070 */
6071 $wgSessionName = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6075 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6076 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6077 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6078 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6079 */
6080 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6081
6082 /**
6083 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6084 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6085 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6086 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6087 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6088 */
6089 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6090
6091 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6092
6093 /************************************************************************//**
6094 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6095 * @{
6096 */
6097
6098 /**
6099 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6100 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6101 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6102 * Please see math/README for more information.
6103 */
6104 $wgUseTeX = false;
6105
6106 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6107
6108 /************************************************************************//**
6109 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6110 *
6111 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6112 *
6113 * @{
6114 */
6115
6116 /**
6117 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6118 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6119 * may contain private data.
6120 */
6121 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6122
6123 /**
6124 * Prefix for debug log lines
6125 */
6126 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6127
6128 /**
6129 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6130 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6131 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6132 */
6133 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6134
6135 /**
6136 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6137 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6138 * and gen=js requests.
6139 */
6140 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6141
6142 /**
6143 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6144 *
6145 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6146 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6147 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6148 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6149 */
6150 $wgDebugComments = false;
6151
6152 /**
6153 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6154 *
6155 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6156 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6157 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6158 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6159 */
6160 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6161
6162 /**
6163 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6164 *
6165 * @since 1.26
6166 */
6167 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6168 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6169 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6170 'GET' => [
6171 'masterConns' => 0,
6172 'writes' => 0,
6173 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6174 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6175 ],
6176 // HTTP POST requests.
6177 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6178 'POST' => [
6179 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6180 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6181 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6182 'maxAffected' => 1000
6183 ],
6184 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6185 'writes' => 0,
6186 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6187 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6188 ],
6189 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6190 'PostSend-GET' => [
6191 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6192 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6193 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6194 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6195 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6196 'masterConns' => 0,
6197 'writes' => 0,
6198 ],
6199 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6200 'PostSend-POST' => [
6201 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6202 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6203 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6204 'maxAffected' => 1000
6205 ],
6206 // Background job runner
6207 'JobRunner' => [
6208 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6209 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6210 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6211 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6212 ],
6213 // Command-line scripts
6214 'Maintenance' => [
6215 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6216 'maxAffected' => 1000
6217 ]
6218 ];
6219
6220 /**
6221 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6222 *
6223 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6224 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6225 * in production.
6226 *
6227 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6228 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6229 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6230 * - associative array with keys:
6231 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6232 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6233 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6234 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6235 *
6236 * @par Example:
6237 * @code
6238 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6239 * @endcode
6240 *
6241 * @par Advanced example:
6242 * @code
6243 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6244 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6245 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6246 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6247 * ];
6248 * @endcode
6249 */
6250 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6254 *
6255 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6256 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6257 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6258 * details.
6259 *
6260 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6261 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6262 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6263 *
6264 * @par To completely disable logging:
6265 * @code
6266 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6267 * @endcode
6268 *
6269 * @since 1.25
6270 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6271 * @see MwLogger
6272 */
6273 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6274 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6275 ];
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6279 *
6280 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6281 */
6282 $wgShowDebug = false;
6283
6284 /**
6285 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6286 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6287 */
6288 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6292 */
6293 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6297 */
6298 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6302 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6303 * to an attacker.
6304 *
6305 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6306 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6307 */
6308 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6312 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6313 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6314 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6315 */
6316 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6317
6318 /**
6319 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6320 *
6321 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6322 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6323 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6324 * exception handler.
6325 *
6326 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6327 */
6328 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6329
6330 /**
6331 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6332 */
6333 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6337 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6338 */
6339 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6343 */
6344 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6348 * Should be a string, default false.
6349 * @since 1.20
6350 */
6351 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6352
6353 /**
6354 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6355 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6356 */
6357 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6358
6359 /**
6360 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6361 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6362 * after the limit.
6363 */
6364 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6365
6366 /**
6367 * Profiler configuration.
6368 *
6369 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6370 *
6371 * Example:
6372 *
6373 * @code
6374 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6375 * @endcode
6376 *
6377 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6378 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6379 *
6380 * @code
6381 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6382 * @endcode
6383 *
6384 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6385 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6386 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6387 *
6388 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6389 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6390 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6391 *
6392 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6393 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6394 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6395 *
6396 * @code
6397 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6398 * @endcode
6399 *
6400 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6401 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6402 *
6403 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6404 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6405 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6406 *
6407 * @code
6408 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6409 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6410 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6411 * @endcode
6412 *
6413 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6414 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6415 *
6416 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6417 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6418 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6419 *
6420 * @since 1.17.0
6421 */
6422 $wgProfiler = [];
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6426 *
6427 * @since 1.5.0
6428 */
6429 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6430
6431 /**
6432 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6433 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6434 */
6435 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6439 *
6440 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6441 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6442 */
6443 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6444
6445 /**
6446 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6447 *
6448 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6449 *
6450 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6451 *
6452 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6453 * @since 1.25
6454 */
6455 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6459 *
6460 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6461 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6462 * @since 1.25
6463 */
6464 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6465
6466 /**
6467 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6468 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6469 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6470 * @since 1.28
6471 */
6472 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6473 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6474 ];
6475
6476 /**
6477 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6478 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6479 * templates.
6480 */
6481 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6485 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6486 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6487 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6488 */
6489 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6490
6491 /**
6492 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6493 * filename is passed to it.
6494 *
6495 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6496 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6497 *
6498 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6499 *
6500 * Use full paths.
6501 *
6502 * @deprecated since 1.30
6503 */
6504 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6508 */
6509 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6513 * @since 1.19
6514 */
6515 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6519 * queries and other useful output.
6520 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6521 *
6522 * @since 1.19
6523 */
6524 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6525
6526 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6527
6528 /************************************************************************//**
6529 * @name Search
6530 * @{
6531 */
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6535 */
6536 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6540 * by default off due to execution overhead
6541 */
6542 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6543
6544 /**
6545 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6546 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6547 */
6548 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6549
6550 /**
6551 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6552 *
6553 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6554 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6555 *
6556 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6557 *
6558 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6559 */
6560 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6561
6562 /**
6563 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6564 *
6565 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6566 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6567 *
6568 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6569 */
6570 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6571 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6572 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6573 ];
6574
6575 /**
6576 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6577 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6578 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6579 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6580 */
6581 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6582
6583 /**
6584 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6585 * OpenSearch call.
6586 */
6587 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6591 */
6592 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6596 */
6597 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6598
6599 /**
6600 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6601 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6602 */
6603 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6604
6605 /**
6606 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6607 *
6608 * @par Example:
6609 * @code
6610 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6611 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6612 * @endcode
6613 */
6614 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6615 NS_MAIN => true,
6616 ];
6617
6618 /**
6619 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6620 * implemented by an extension instead.
6621 */
6622 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6623
6624 /**
6625 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6626 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6627 * search term.
6628 *
6629 * @par Example:
6630 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6631 * @code
6632 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6633 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6634 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6635 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6636 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6637 * @endcode
6638 */
6639 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Search form behavior.
6643 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6644 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6645 */
6646 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6647
6648 /**
6649 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6650 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6651 * generated for all namespaces.
6652 */
6653 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6654
6655 /**
6656 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6657 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6658 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6659 *
6660 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6661 * @par Example:
6662 * @code
6663 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6664 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6665 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6666 * ];
6667 * @endcode
6668 */
6669 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6670
6671 /**
6672 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6673 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6674 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6675 */
6676 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6677
6678 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6679
6680 /************************************************************************//**
6681 * @name Edit user interface
6682 * @{
6683 */
6684
6685 /**
6686 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6687 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6688 */
6689 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6693 */
6694 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6695
6696 /**
6697 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6698 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6699 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6700 */
6701 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6702 NS_CATEGORY => true
6703 ];
6704
6705 /**
6706 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6707 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6708 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6709 */
6710 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6711
6712 /**
6713 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6714 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6715 * ting this variable false.
6716 */
6717 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6718
6719 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6720
6721 /************************************************************************//**
6722 * @name Maintenance
6723 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6724 * @{
6725 */
6726
6727 /**
6728 * @cond file_level_code
6729 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6730 */
6731 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6732 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6733 }
6734 /** @endcond */
6735
6736 /**
6737 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6738 */
6739 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6740
6741 /**
6742 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6743 * used as an explanation to users.
6744 *
6745 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6746 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6747 * option in MySQL.
6748 */
6749 $wgReadOnly = null;
6750
6751 /**
6752 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6753 * @var bool
6754 * @since 1.31
6755 */
6756 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6757
6758 /**
6759 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6760 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6761 * message.
6762 *
6763 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6764 */
6765 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6766
6767 /**
6768 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6769 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6770 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6771 *
6772 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6773 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6774 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6775 */
6776 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Fully specified path to git binary
6780 */
6781 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6782
6783 /**
6784 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6785 *
6786 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6787 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6788 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6789 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6790 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6791 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6792 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6793 *
6794 * @since 1.20
6795 */
6796 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6797 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6798 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6799 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6800 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6801 ];
6802
6803 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6804
6805 /************************************************************************//**
6806 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6807 * @{
6808 */
6809
6810 /**
6811 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6812 * seconds will go.
6813 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6814 */
6815 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6816
6817 /**
6818 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6819 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6820 * @since 1.26
6821 */
6822 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6826 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6827 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6828 * @since 1.26
6829 */
6830 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6831
6832 /**
6833 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6834 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6835 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6836 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6837 * is still there.
6838 */
6839 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6840
6841 /**
6842 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6843 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6844 */
6845 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6846
6847 /**
6848 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6849 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6850 */
6851 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6855 *
6856 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6857 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6858 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6859 *
6860 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6861 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6862 * passed to the constructor.
6863 *
6864 * Common options:
6865 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6866 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6867 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6868 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6869 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6870 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6871 *
6872 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6873 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6874 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6875 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6876 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6877 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6878 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6879 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6880 *
6881 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6882 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6883 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6884 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6885 *
6886 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6887 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6888 *
6889 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6890 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6891 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6892 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6893 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6894 * ];
6895 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6896 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6897 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6898 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6899 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6900 * ];
6901 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6902 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6903 * ];
6904 * @since 1.22
6905 */
6906 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6907
6908 /**
6909 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6910 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6911 * @since 1.22
6912 */
6913 $wgRCEngines = [
6914 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6915 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6916 ];
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6920 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6921 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6922 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6923 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6924 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6925 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6926 *
6927 * @since 1.27
6928 */
6929 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6930
6931 /**
6932 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6933 * New pages and new files are included.
6934 *
6935 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6936 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6937 * Special:Log.
6938 */
6939 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6940
6941 /**
6942 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6943 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6944 * 0 to disable completely.
6945 */
6946 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6950 *
6951 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6952 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6953 * Special:Log.
6954 */
6955 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6956
6957 /**
6958 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6959 *
6960 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6961 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6962 * Special:Log.
6963 *
6964 * @since 1.27
6965 */
6966 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6967
6968 /**
6969 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6970 */
6971 $wgFeed = true;
6972
6973 /**
6974 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6975 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6976 */
6977 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6978
6979 /**
6980 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6981 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6982 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6983 *
6984 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6985 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6986 */
6987 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6988
6989 /**
6990 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6991 * pages larger than this size.
6992 */
6993 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6994
6995 /**
6996 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6997 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6998 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6999 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7000 * as value.
7001 * @par Example:
7002 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7003 * @code
7004 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7005 * @endcode
7006 */
7007 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7008
7009 /**
7010 * Available feeds objects.
7011 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7012 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7013 */
7014 $wgFeedClasses = [
7015 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7016 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7017 ];
7018
7019 /**
7020 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7021 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7022 */
7023 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7024
7025 /**
7026 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7027 */
7028 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7029
7030 /**
7031 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7032 */
7033 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7034
7035 /**
7036 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7037 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7038 * highlighted on the RC page.
7039 */
7040 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7041
7042 /**
7043 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7044 * view for watched pages with new changes
7045 */
7046 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7047
7048 /**
7049 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7050 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7051 */
7052 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7053
7054 /**
7055 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7056 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7057 */
7058 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7059
7060 /**
7061 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7062 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7063 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7064 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7065 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7066 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7067 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7068 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7069 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7070 *
7071 * @var array
7072 * @since 1.31
7073 */
7074 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7075 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7076 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7077 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7078 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7079 'mw-blank' => true,
7080 'mw-replace' => true,
7081 'mw-rollback' => true,
7082 'mw-undo' => true,
7083 ];
7084
7085 /**
7086 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7087 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7088 * watchers.
7089 *
7090 * @since 1.21
7091 */
7092 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7093
7094 /**
7095 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7096 * certain types of edits.
7097 *
7098 * To register a new one:
7099 * @code
7100 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7101 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7102 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7103 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7104 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7105 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7106 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7107 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7108 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7109 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7110 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7111 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7112 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7113 * ];
7114 * @endcode
7115 *
7116 * @since 1.22
7117 */
7118 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7119 'newpage' => [
7120 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7121 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7122 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7123 'grouping' => 'any',
7124 ],
7125 'minor' => [
7126 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7127 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7128 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7129 'class' => 'minoredit',
7130 'grouping' => 'all',
7131 ],
7132 'bot' => [
7133 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7134 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7135 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7136 'class' => 'botedit',
7137 'grouping' => 'all',
7138 ],
7139 'unpatrolled' => [
7140 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7141 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7142 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7143 'grouping' => 'any',
7144 ],
7145 ];
7146
7147 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7148
7149 /************************************************************************//**
7150 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7151 * @{
7152 */
7153
7154 /**
7155 * Override for copyright metadata.
7156 *
7157 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7158 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7159 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7160 */
7161 $wgRightsPage = null;
7162
7163 /**
7164 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7165 * wiki.
7166 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7167 */
7168 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7169
7170 /**
7171 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7172 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7173 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7174 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7175 */
7176 $wgRightsText = null;
7177
7178 /**
7179 * Override for copyright metadata.
7180 */
7181 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7185 */
7186 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7187
7188 /**
7189 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7190 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7191 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7192 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7193 * large wikis.
7194 */
7195 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7196
7197 /**
7198 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7199 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7200 */
7201 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7202
7203 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7204
7205 /************************************************************************//**
7206 * @name Import / Export
7207 * @{
7208 */
7209
7210 /**
7211 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7212 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7213 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7214 *
7215 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7216 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7217 * e.g.
7218 * @code
7219 * $wgImportSources = [
7220 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7221 * 'wikispecies',
7222 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7223 * ];
7224 * @endcode
7225 *
7226 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7227 * the ImportSources hook.
7228 *
7229 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7230 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7231 */
7232 $wgImportSources = [];
7233
7234 /**
7235 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7236 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7237 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7238 *
7239 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7240 */
7241 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7242
7243 /**
7244 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7245 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7246 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7247 */
7248 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7249
7250 /**
7251 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7252 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7253 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7254 */
7255 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7259 */
7260 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7261
7262 /**
7263 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7264 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7265 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7266 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7267 * it's disabled by default for now.
7268 *
7269 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7270 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7271 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7272 */
7273 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7274
7275 /**
7276 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7277 */
7278 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7282 */
7283 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7284
7285 /**
7286 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7287 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7288 *
7289 * @since 1.27
7290 */
7291 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7292
7293 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7294
7295 /*************************************************************************//**
7296 * @name Extensions
7297 * @{
7298 */
7299
7300 /**
7301 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7302 * initialised
7303 */
7304 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7305
7306 /**
7307 * Extension messages files.
7308 *
7309 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7310 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7311 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7312 * is the most common.
7313 *
7314 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7315 * in the core.
7316 *
7317 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7318 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7319 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7320 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7321 *
7322 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7323 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7324 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7325 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7326 *
7327 * @par Example:
7328 * @code
7329 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7330 * @endcode
7331 */
7332 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7333
7334 /**
7335 * Extension messages directories.
7336 *
7337 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7338 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7339 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7340 * message directories.
7341 *
7342 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7343 *
7344 * @par Simple example:
7345 * @code
7346 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7347 * @endcode
7348 *
7349 * @par Complex example:
7350 * @code
7351 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7352 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7353 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7354 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7355 * ]
7356 * @endcode
7357 * @since 1.23
7358 */
7359 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7360
7361 /**
7362 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7363 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7364 * @since 1.22
7365 */
7366 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7367
7368 /**
7369 * Parser output hooks.
7370 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7371 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7372 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7373 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7374 *
7375 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7376 *
7377 * The callback has the form:
7378 * @code
7379 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7380 * @endcode
7381 */
7382 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7383
7384 /**
7385 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7386 */
7387 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7388
7389 /**
7390 * List of valid skin names
7391 *
7392 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7393 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7394 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7395 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7396 */
7397 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7398
7399 /**
7400 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7401 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7402 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7403 * SpecialPage.
7404 */
7405 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7409 */
7410 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7411
7412 /**
7413 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7414 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7415 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7416 */
7417 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7418
7419 /**
7420 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7421 *
7422 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7423 *
7424 * @code
7425 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7426 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7427 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7428 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7429 * 'author' => [
7430 * 'Foo Barstein',
7431 * ],
7432 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7433 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7434 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7435 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7436 * ];
7437 * @endcode
7438 *
7439 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7440 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7441 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7442 * interpreted as wikitext.
7443 *
7444 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7445 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7446 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7447 *
7448 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7449 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7450 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7451 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7452 *
7453 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7454 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7455 * usually are.)
7456 *
7457 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7458 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7459 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7460 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7461 *
7462 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7463 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7464 *
7465 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7466 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7467 *
7468 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7469 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7470 */
7471 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7472
7473 /**
7474 * Authentication plugin.
7475 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7476 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7477 */
7478 $wgAuth = null;
7479
7480 /**
7481 * Global list of hooks.
7482 *
7483 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7484 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7485 * internally by Hook:run().
7486 *
7487 * The value can be one of:
7488 *
7489 * - A function name:
7490 * @code
7491 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7492 * @endcode
7493 * - A function with some data:
7494 * @code
7495 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7496 * @endcode
7497 * - A an object method:
7498 * @code
7499 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7500 * @endcode
7501 * - A closure:
7502 * @code
7503 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7504 * // Handler code goes here.
7505 * };
7506 * @endcode
7507 *
7508 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7509 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7510 *
7511 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7512 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7513 */
7514 $wgHooks = [];
7515
7516 /**
7517 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7518 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7519 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7520 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7521 * hook for that.
7522 *
7523 * @see MediaWikiServices
7524 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7525 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7526 */
7527 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7528 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7529 ];
7530
7531 /**
7532 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7533 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7534 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7535 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7536 */
7537 $wgJobClasses = [
7538 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7539 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7540 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7541 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7542 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7543 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7544 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7545 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7546 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7547 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7548 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7549 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7550 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7551 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7552 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7553 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7554 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7555 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7556 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7557 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7558 'null' => NullJob::class,
7559 ];
7560
7561 /**
7562 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7563 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7564 *
7565 * These can be:
7566 * - Very long-running jobs.
7567 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7568 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7569 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7570 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7571 */
7572 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7573
7574 /**
7575 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7576 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7577 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7578 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7579 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7580 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7581 * @var float[]
7582 */
7583 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7584
7585 /**
7586 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7587 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7588 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7589 *
7590 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7591 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7592 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7593 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7594 *
7595 * @var float|bool
7596 * @since 1.26
7597 */
7598 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7599
7600 /**
7601 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7602 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7603 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7604 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7605 */
7606 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7607 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7608 ];
7609
7610 /**
7611 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7612 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7613 */
7614 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7615 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7616 ];
7617
7618 /**
7619 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7620 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7621 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7622 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7623 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7624 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7625 * that limit is hit.
7626 *
7627 * @since 1.29
7628 */
7629 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7630
7631 /**
7632 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7633 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7634 */
7635 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7636 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7637 ];
7638
7639 /**
7640 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7641 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7642 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7643 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7644 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7645 */
7646 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7647 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7648 ];
7649
7650 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7651
7652 /*************************************************************************//**
7653 * @name Categories
7654 * @{
7655 */
7656
7657 /**
7658 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7659 */
7660 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7661
7662 /**
7663 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7664 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7665 */
7666 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7667
7668 /**
7669 * Paging limit for categories
7670 */
7671 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7672
7673 /**
7674 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7675 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7676 *
7677 * Available values are:
7678 *
7679 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7680 *
7681 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7682 *
7683 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7684 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7685 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7686 *
7687 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7688 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7689 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7690 * server.
7691 *
7692 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7693 * the sort keys in the database.
7694 *
7695 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7696 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7697 */
7698 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7699
7700 /** @} */ # End categories }
7701
7702 /*************************************************************************//**
7703 * @name Logging
7704 * @{
7705 */
7706
7707 /**
7708 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7709 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7710 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7711 * log type.
7712 *
7713 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7714 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7715 */
7716 $wgLogTypes = [
7717 '',
7718 'block',
7719 'protect',
7720 'rights',
7721 'delete',
7722 'upload',
7723 'move',
7724 'import',
7725 'patrol',
7726 'merge',
7727 'suppress',
7728 'tag',
7729 'managetags',
7730 'contentmodel',
7731 ];
7732
7733 /**
7734 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7735 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7736 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7737 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7738 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7739 */
7740 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7741 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7742 ];
7743
7744 /**
7745 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7746 *
7747 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7748 *
7749 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7750 *
7751 * @par Example:
7752 * @code
7753 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7754 * @endcode
7755 *
7756 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7757 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7758 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7759 *
7760 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7761 * used for the link text.
7762 */
7763 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7764 'patrol' => true,
7765 'tag' => true,
7766 ];
7767
7768 /**
7769 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7770 * will be listed in the user interface.
7771 *
7772 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7773 *
7774 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7775 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7776 */
7777 $wgLogNames = [
7778 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7779 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7780 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7781 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7782 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7783 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7784 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7785 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7786 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7787 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7788 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7789 ];
7790
7791 /**
7792 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7793 * top of each log type.
7794 *
7795 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7796 *
7797 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7798 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7799 */
7800 $wgLogHeaders = [
7801 '' => 'alllogstext',
7802 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7803 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7804 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7805 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7806 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7807 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7808 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7809 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7810 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7811 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7812 ];
7813
7814 /**
7815 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7816 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7817 *
7818 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7819 */
7820 $wgLogActions = [];
7821
7822 /**
7823 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7824 * not messages.
7825 * @see LogPage::actionText
7826 * @see LogFormatter
7827 */
7828 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7829 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7830 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7831 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7832 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7833 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7834 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7835 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7836 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7837 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7838 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7839 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7840 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7841 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7842 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7843 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7844 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7845 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7846 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7847 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7848 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7849 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7850 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7851 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7852 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7853 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7854 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7855 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7856 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7857 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7858 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7859 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7860 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7861 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7862 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7863 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7864 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7865 ];
7866
7867 /**
7868 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7869 *
7870 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7871 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7872 * Extensions may append to this array
7873 * @since 1.27
7874 */
7875 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7876 'block' => [
7877 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7878 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7879 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7880 ],
7881 'contentmodel' => [
7882 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7883 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7884 ],
7885 'delete' => [
7886 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7887 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7888 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7889 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7890 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7891 ],
7892 'import' => [
7893 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7894 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7895 ],
7896 'managetags' => [
7897 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7898 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7899 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7900 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7901 ],
7902 'move' => [
7903 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7904 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7905 ],
7906 'newusers' => [
7907 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7908 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7909 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7910 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7911 ],
7912 'protect' => [
7913 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7914 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7915 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7916 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7917 ],
7918 'rights' => [
7919 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7920 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7921 ],
7922 'suppress' => [
7923 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7924 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7925 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7926 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7927 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7928 ],
7929 'upload' => [
7930 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7931 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7932 ],
7933 ];
7934
7935 /**
7936 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7937 */
7938 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7942 * @since 1.32
7943 */
7944 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7945
7946 /** @} */ # end logging }
7947
7948 /*************************************************************************//**
7949 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7950 * @{
7951 */
7952
7953 /**
7954 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7955 */
7956 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7957
7958 /**
7959 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7960 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7961 */
7962 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7963
7964 /**
7965 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7966 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7967 */
7968 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7969
7970 /**
7971 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7972 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7973 */
7974 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7975
7976 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7977
7978 /*************************************************************************//**
7979 * @name Actions
7980 * @{
7981 */
7982
7983 /**
7984 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7985 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7986 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7987 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7988 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7989 * instead of the default class.
7990 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7991 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7992 */
7993 $wgActions = [
7994 'credits' => true,
7995 'delete' => true,
7996 'edit' => true,
7997 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7998 'history' => true,
7999 'info' => true,
8000 'markpatrolled' => true,
8001 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
8002 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
8003 'protect' => true,
8004 'purge' => true,
8005 'raw' => true,
8006 'render' => true,
8007 'revert' => true,
8008 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8009 'rollback' => true,
8010 'submit' => true,
8011 'unprotect' => true,
8012 'unwatch' => true,
8013 'view' => true,
8014 'watch' => true,
8015 ];
8016
8017 /** @} */ # end actions }
8018
8019 /*************************************************************************//**
8020 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8021 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8022 * @{
8023 */
8024
8025 /**
8026 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8027 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8028 * basis.
8029 */
8030 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8031
8032 /**
8033 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8034 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8035 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8036 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8037 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8038 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8039 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8040 *
8041 * @par Example:
8042 * @code
8043 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8044 * @endcode
8045 */
8046 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8047
8048 /**
8049 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8050 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8051 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8052 *
8053 * @par Example:
8054 * @code
8055 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8056 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8057 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8058 * ];
8059 * @endcode
8060 *
8061 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8062 * forms:
8063 * @code
8064 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8065 * # Underscore, not space!
8066 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8067 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8068 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8069 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8070 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8071 * ];
8072 * @endcode
8073 */
8074 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8075
8076 /**
8077 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8078 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8079 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8080 *
8081 * @par Example:
8082 * @code
8083 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8084 * @endcode
8085 */
8086 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8087
8088 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8089
8090 /************************************************************************//**
8091 * @name AJAX and API
8092 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8093 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8094 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8095 * @{
8096 */
8097
8098 /**
8099 *
8100 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8101 *
8102 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8103 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8104 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8105 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8106 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8107 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8108 * requiring POST.
8109 *
8110 * @since 1.21
8111 */
8112 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8113
8114 /**
8115 * API module extensions.
8116 *
8117 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8118 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8119 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8120 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8121 *
8122 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8123 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8124 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8125 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8126 * field.
8127 *
8128 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8129 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8130 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8131 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8132 *
8133 * Examples for registering API modules:
8134 *
8135 * @code
8136 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8137 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8138 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8139 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8140 * ];
8141 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8142 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8143 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8144 * ];
8145 * @endcode
8146 *
8147 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8148 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8149 */
8150 $wgAPIModules = [];
8151
8152 /**
8153 * API format module extensions.
8154 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8155 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8156 *
8157 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8158 */
8159 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8160
8161 /**
8162 * API Query meta module extensions.
8163 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8164 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8165 *
8166 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8167 */
8168 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8169
8170 /**
8171 * API Query prop module extensions.
8172 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8173 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8174 *
8175 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8176 */
8177 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8178
8179 /**
8180 * API Query list module extensions.
8181 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8182 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8183 *
8184 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8185 */
8186 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8187
8188 /**
8189 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8190 * The default value is generally fine
8191 */
8192 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8193
8194 /**
8195 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8196 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8197 */
8198 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8199
8200 /**
8201 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8202 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8203 */
8204 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8205
8206 /**
8207 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8208 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8209 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8210 */
8211 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8212
8213 /**
8214 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8215 * API request logging
8216 */
8217 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8218
8219 /**
8220 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8221 */
8222 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8223
8224 /**
8225 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8226 * API queries.
8227 */
8228 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8229 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8230 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8231 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8232 ];
8233
8234 /**
8235 * Enable AJAX framework
8236 *
8237 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8238 */
8239 $wgUseAjax = true;
8240
8241 /**
8242 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8243 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8244 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8245 */
8246 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8247
8248 /**
8249 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8250 */
8251 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8252
8253 /**
8254 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8255 */
8256 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8257
8258 /**
8259 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8260 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8261 */
8262 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8263
8264 /**
8265 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8266 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8267 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8268 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8269 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8270 *
8271 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8272 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8273 *
8274 * @par Example:
8275 * @code
8276 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8277 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8278 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8279 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8280 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8281 * ];
8282 * @endcode
8283 */
8284 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8285
8286 /**
8287 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8288 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8289 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8290 */
8291 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8292
8293 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8294
8295 /************************************************************************//**
8296 * @name Shell and process control
8297 * @{
8298 */
8299
8300 /**
8301 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8302 */
8303 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8304
8305 /**
8306 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8307 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8308 */
8309 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8310
8311 /**
8312 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8313 */
8314 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8318 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8319 */
8320 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8324 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8325 *
8326 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8327 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8328 * them segfault or deadlock.
8329 *
8330 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8331 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8332 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8333 *
8334 * @par Example:
8335 * @code
8336 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8337 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8338 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8339 * @endcode
8340 *
8341 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8342 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8343 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8344 */
8345 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8346
8347 /**
8348 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8349 */
8350 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8351
8352 /**
8353 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8354 *
8355 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8356 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8357 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8358 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8359 *
8360 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8361 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8362 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8363 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8364 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8365 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8366 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8367 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8368 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8369 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8370 * decimal separator)
8371 *
8372 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8373 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8374 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8375 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8376 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8377 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8378 * displayed to the user.
8379 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8380 * date/time values.
8381 *
8382 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8383 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8384 * wikis.
8385 */
8386 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8390 *
8391 * Supported options:
8392 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8393 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8394 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8395 *
8396 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8397 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8398 *
8399 * @since 1.31
8400 * @var string|bool
8401 */
8402 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8403
8404 /** @} */ # End shell }
8405
8406 /************************************************************************//**
8407 * @name HTTP client
8408 * @{
8409 */
8410
8411 /**
8412 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8413 * @var int
8414 */
8415 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8416
8417 /**
8418 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8419 * @since 1.29
8420 */
8421 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8422
8423 /**
8424 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8425 */
8426 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8427
8428 /**
8429 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8430 */
8431 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8432
8433 /**
8434 * Local virtual hosts.
8435 *
8436 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8437 *
8438 * This affects the following:
8439 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8440 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8441 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8442 * the proxy if it is configured.
8443 *
8444 * @since 1.25
8445 */
8446 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8447
8448 /**
8449 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8450 * Only works for curl
8451 */
8452 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8453
8454 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8455
8456 /************************************************************************//**
8457 * @name Job queue
8458 * @{
8459 */
8460
8461 /**
8462 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8463 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8464 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8465 * be run periodically.
8466 */
8467 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8468
8469 /**
8470 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8471 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8472 * execution finishes.
8473 *
8474 * @since 1.23
8475 */
8476 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8477
8478 /**
8479 * Number of rows to update per job
8480 */
8481 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * Number of rows to update per query
8485 */
8486 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8487
8488 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8489
8490 /************************************************************************//**
8491 * @name Miscellaneous
8492 * @{
8493 */
8494
8495 /**
8496 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8497 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8498 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8499 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8500 */
8501 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8502
8503 /**
8504 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8505 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8506 * Supported values:
8507 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8508 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8509 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8510 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8511 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8512 *
8513 * @since 1.30
8514 */
8515 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8516
8517 /**
8518 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8519 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8520 *
8521 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8522 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8523 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8524 */
8525 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8526
8527 /**
8528 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8529 * For debugging
8530 */
8531 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8532
8533 /**
8534 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8535 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8536 */
8537 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8538
8539 /**
8540 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8541 */
8542 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8543
8544 /**
8545 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8546 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8547 */
8548 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8549
8550 /**
8551 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8552 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8553 */
8554 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8555
8556 /**
8557 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8558 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8559 *
8560 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8561 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8562 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8563 * parameters.
8564 *
8565 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8566 * @code
8567 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8568 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8569 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8570 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8571 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8572 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8573 * 'redisConfig' => []
8574 * ] ];
8575 * @endcode
8576 *
8577 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8578 * @code
8579 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8580 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8581 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8582 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8583 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8584 * ... any extension-specific options...
8585 * ] ];
8586 * @endcode
8587 */
8588 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8589
8590 /**
8591 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8592 */
8593 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8594
8595 /**
8596 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8597 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8598 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8599 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8600 *
8601 * @since 1.21
8602 */
8603 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8604
8605 /**
8606 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8607 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8608 *
8609 * * 'ignore': return null
8610 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8611 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8612 *
8613 * @since 1.21
8614 */
8615 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8616
8617 /**
8618 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8619 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8620 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8621 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8622 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8623 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8624 *
8625 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8626 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8627 *
8628 * @since 1.21
8629 */
8630 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8631
8632 /**
8633 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8634 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8635 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8636 *
8637 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8638 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8639 *
8640 * @since 1.21
8641 */
8642 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8643 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8644 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8645 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8646 ];
8647
8648 /**
8649 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8650 *
8651 * @since 1.20
8652 */
8653 $wgSiteTypes = [
8654 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8655 ];
8656
8657 /**
8658 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8659 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8660 * @since 1.23
8661 */
8662 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8663
8664 /**
8665 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8666 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8667 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8668 *
8669 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8670 *
8671 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8672 *
8673 * @since 1.24
8674 */
8675 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8676
8677 /**
8678 * Secret for session storage.
8679 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8680 * be used.
8681 * @since 1.27
8682 */
8683 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8684
8685 /**
8686 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8687 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8688 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8689 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8690 * @since 1.27
8691 */
8692 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8693
8694 /**
8695 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8696 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8697 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8698 * be used.
8699 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8700 * @since 1.24
8701 */
8702 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8703
8704 /**
8705 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8706 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8707 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8708 * @since 1.24
8709 */
8710 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8711
8712 /**
8713 * Enable page language feature
8714 * Allows setting page language in database
8715 * @var bool
8716 * @since 1.24
8717 */
8718 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8719
8720 /**
8721 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8722 *
8723 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8724 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8725 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8726 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8727 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8728 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8729 *
8730 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8731 *
8732 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8733 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8734 * 'options' => [
8735 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8736 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8737 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8738 * ]
8739 * ];
8740 *
8741 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8742 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8743 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8744 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8745 *
8746 * Example config for Parsoid:
8747 *
8748 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8749 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8750 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8751 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8752 * ];
8753 *
8754 * @var array
8755 * @since 1.25
8756 */
8757 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8758 'paths' => [],
8759 'modules' => [],
8760 'global' => [
8761 # Timeout in seconds
8762 'timeout' => 360,
8763 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8764 'forwardCookies' => false,
8765 'HTTPProxy' => null
8766 ]
8767 ];
8768
8769 /**
8770 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8771 * these suggestions.
8772 *
8773 * @var bool
8774 * @since 1.26
8775 */
8776 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8777
8778 /**
8779 * Where popular password file is located.
8780 *
8781 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8782 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8783 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8784 *
8785 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8786 * @since 1.27
8787 * @var string path to file
8788 */
8789 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8790
8791 /*
8792 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8793 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8794 *
8795 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8796 * @since 1.27
8797 */
8798 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8799
8800 /*
8801 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8802 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8803 *
8804 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8805 * @since 1.30
8806 */
8807 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8808
8809 /**
8810 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8811 *
8812 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8813 * @since 1.32
8814 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8815 * If an array, can have parameters:
8816 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8817 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8818 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8819 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8820 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8821 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8822 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8823 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8824 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8825 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8826 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8827 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8828 */
8829 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8830
8831 /**
8832 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8833 *
8834 * @since 1.32
8835 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8836 */
8837 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8838
8839 /**
8840 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8841 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8842 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8843 *
8844 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8845 *
8846 * @since 1.32
8847 * @var string[]
8848 */
8849 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8850 'copyright',
8851 'history_copyright',
8852 'googlesearch',
8853 'feedback-terms',
8854 'feedback-termsofuse',
8855 ];
8856
8857 /**
8858 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8859 *
8860 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8861 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8862 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8863 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8864 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8865 *
8866 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8867 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8868 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8869 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8870 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8871 *
8872 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8873 *
8874 * @since 1.27
8875 */
8876 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8877 'default' => [
8878 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8879 ]
8880 ];
8881
8882 /**
8883 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8884 *
8885 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8886 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8887 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8888 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8889 *
8890 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8891 *
8892 * @var bool
8893 * @since 1.28
8894 */
8895 $wgPingback = false;
8896
8897 /**
8898 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8899 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8900 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8901 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8902 *
8903 * @since 1.28
8904 */
8905 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8906 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8907 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8908 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8909 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8910 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8911 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8912 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8913 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8914 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8915 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8916 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8917 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8918 ];
8919
8920 /**
8921 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8922 * at Special:Contributions.
8923 *
8924 * @var array
8925 * @since 1.30
8926 */
8927 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8928 'IPv4' => 16,
8929 'IPv6' => 32,
8930 ];
8931
8932 /**
8933 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8934 *
8935 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8936 *
8937 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8938 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8939 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8940 *
8941 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8942 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8943 */
8944 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8945 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8946 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8947 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8948
8949 /**
8950 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8951 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8952 *
8953 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8954 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8955 *
8956 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8957 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8958 *
8959 * @par Example:
8960 * @code
8961 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8962 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8963 *];
8964 * @endcode
8965 */
8966 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8967
8968 /**
8969 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8970 * @since 1.30
8971 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8972 */
8973 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8974
8975 /**
8976 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8977 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8978 *
8979 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8980 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8981 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8982 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8983 *
8984 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8985 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8986 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8987 *
8988 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8989 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8990 *
8991 * @since 1.32
8992 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8993 */
8994 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8995
8996 /**
8997 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8998 *
8999 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9000 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9001 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9002 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9003 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9004 *
9005 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9006 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9007 *
9008 * @since 1.31
9009 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9010 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9011 */
9012 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD;
9013
9014 /**
9015 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
9016 *
9017 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
9018 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
9019 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
9020 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
9021 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
9022 *
9023 * @since 1.32
9024 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9025 */
9026 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH;
9027
9028 /**
9029 * Temporarily flag to use change_tag_def table as backend of change tag statistics.
9030 * For example in case of Special:Tags. If set to false, it will use change_tag table.
9031 * Before setting it to true set $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage to MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH and run
9032 * PopulateChangeTagDef maintaince script.
9033 * It's redundant when $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage is set to MIGRATION_NEW
9034 *
9035 * @since 1.32
9036 * @var bool
9037 */
9038 $wgTagStatisticsNewTable = false;
9039
9040 /**
9041 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9042 * or namespaces.
9043 *
9044 * @since 1.32
9045 * @deprecated 1.32
9046 * @var bool
9047 */
9048 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9049
9050 /**
9051 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9052 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9053 * @}
9054 */